DOWNLOAD PDF Toyota Land Cruiser Station Wagon 1996 FZJ80 Electrical Wiring Diagram Manual by www.heydownloads.com

Brought to you by BirfMark

A INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No.

Section

Description

INDEX

Index of the contents of this manual.

INTRODUCTION

Brief explanation of each section.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Instructions on how to use this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

ABBREVIATIONS

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

RELAY LOCATIONS

Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.

INDEX

Index of the system circuits.

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to use this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.

GROUND POINTS

Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

2 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

3 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

B A

: System Title

: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example:

: Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.

= Black

= Blue

= Brown

LG = Light Green

= Green

= Orange

W = White

GR = Gray

= Pink

= Violet = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example:

L-Y

(Blue)

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification.

R = Red

(Yellow)

: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for the Body).

: Connector Color

Example:

Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.

: Indicates related system.

: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ).

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section.

Outside numerals are pin numbers.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector.

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position.

: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification).

: Page No.

: Indicates a shielded cable.

: Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area.

: Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example:

Numbered in order from upper left to lower right

Numbered in order from upper right to lower left

Example: 3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3.

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ].

5 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Q

SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED N POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE W NDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL POINT. (FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).

DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT NSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER W NDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE W NDOW. THE W NDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 N RELAY.

DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION N OPERAT NG AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASS NG TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION N THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW STOPS AND CONT NUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER W NDOW SW TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE W NDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE W NDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE D RECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

SERVICE HINTS P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE P6

SEE PAGE 21

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 ( NSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 3B

SEE PAGE

JUNCTION BLOCK AND W RE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT S DE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1

FRONT DOOR RH W RE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1

FRONT DOOR LH W RE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS CODE IC

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINT LOCATION

COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS CODE I5

SEE PAGE 24

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

COWL WIRE

6 Brought to you by BirfMark

W RE HARNESS WITH SPLICE PO NTS

Brought to you by BirfMark

B Q : Explains the system outline. R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting. S

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with the letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel.

U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. V

: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side. X

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual. HINT: Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8, J9) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color.

7 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Brought to you by BirfMark

B The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also be checked this way.

GROUND POINT

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Brought to you by BirfMark

C TROUBLESHOOTING VOLTAGE CHECK (a)

Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point.

Example:

(b)

- Ignition SW on - Ignition SW and SW 1 on - Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK (a) (b)

Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.

(c)

Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

10 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

C FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT (a)

Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. Example: - Ignition SW on - Ignition SW and SW 1 on - Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.

CAUTION: (a)

(b)

Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.

11 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

C TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device) 1.

PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left.

DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer. NOTICE:

Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body. For Non-Waterproof Type Connector HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 1” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position.

“Case 2” Open the secondary locking device.

12 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

For Waterproof Type Connector HINT: Terminal retainer color is different according to connector body. Example: Terminal Retainer: Connector Body Black or White : Gray Black or White : Dark Gray Gray or White : Black “Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals, etc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.

13 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

C TROUBLESHOOTING Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.

(c)

Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear.

INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position.

(b)

Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer into the full lock position. CONNECT CONNECTOR

14 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. ABS = Anti-Lock Brake System A/C = Air Conditioning A/T = Automatic Transmission CD = Compact Disc COMB. = Combination DIFF. = Differential ECU = Electronic Control Unit EGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation ESA = Electronic Spark Advance FL = Fusible Link LH = Left-Hand O/D = Overdrive R/B = Relay Block RH = Right-Hand SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection SRS = Supplemental Restraint System SW = Switch TEMP. = Temperature VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve W/ = With W/O = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.

15 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits.

GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow.

CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage.

HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight filament to heat up and emit light. 1. SINGLE FILAMENT A headlight may have either a single (1) filament or a double (2) filament. 2. DOUBLE FILAMENT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element.

(for Medium Current Fuse)

(for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link.)

CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset.

HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction.

IGNITION COIL Convert low-voltage DC current into high-voltage ingition current for firing the spark plugs.

DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator.

LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.

PHOTODIODE The photodiode is a semiconductor which controls the current flow according to the amount of light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high-voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs.

METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration.

FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage.

METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display.

FUSIBLE LINK A heavy-gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. The numbers indicate the crosssection surface area of the wires.

FUEL

Brought to you by BirfMark

MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.

Brought to you by BirfMark

E RELAY 1. NORMALLY CLOSED

2. NORMALLY OPEN

Basically, an electrically operated switch which may be normally closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch.

SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.

SWITCH, MANUAL 1. NORMALLY OPEN

RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other.

2. NORMALLY CLOSED

Opens and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow.

RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other.

RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values.

SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.

RESISTOR, VARIABLE OR RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.

SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off.

SENSOR, SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components.

TRANSISTOR A solid state device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at “base.”

SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a juction block.

WIRES (1) NOT Wires are always CONNECTED drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) with a black dot or octagonal ( ) mark at the juction as spliced (2) SPLICED (joined) connections.

SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.

17 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]

: R/B No. 2

Front Side of Left Fender

Brought to you by BirfMark

F [Instrument Panel]

[Body]

Brought to you by BirfMark

F RELAY LOCATIONS 1

: R/B No. 1

Fuse Block

Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)

Brought to you by BirfMark

MEMO

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A A A A A A A A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

C C C C

1 2 3 4

D D

1 Data Link Connector 1 2 Distributor

E E E

1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor

A/C Magnetic Clutch A/C Dual Pressure SW A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor ABS Actuator ABS Actuator ABS Relay ABS Relay Auto Antenna Motor

Center Diff. Lock Control Motor Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW Crankshaft Position Sensor Cruise Control Actuator

F F F F F F F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Front Turn Signal Light LH Front Turn Signal Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump Resistor Fusible Link (AM1) Fusible Link (AM2) Fusible Link (Main)

G G

1 Generator 2 Generator

H H H H H H H H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Headlight Hi LH Headlight Hi RH Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Horn LH Horn RH

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I I I I I I I I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Idle Air Control Valve Igniter Ignition Coil Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6

K K

1 Knock Sensor 1 2 Knock Sensor 2

1 Mass Air Flow

N N

1 Noise Filter (Ignition System) 2 Noise Filter (Oil Pressure Sender)

O O O

1 Oil Level Warning SW 2 Oil Pressure Sender 3 Oil Pressure Sender

P P P

1 Park/Neutral Position SW 2 Parking Light LH 3 Parking Light RH

S S

1 Starter 2 Starter

T T T

1 Throttle Position Sensor 2 Transfer L4 Position SW 3 Transfer Neutral Position SW

V V V V

1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission) 3 VSV (EGR) 4 VSV (Fuel Pressure Control)

W W W W

1 2 3 4

Washer Change Valve Washer Motor Water Temp. Sender Water Temp. SW (A/C)

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A A A A A A A A A A A A A

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

A/C Amplifier A/C System Amplifier A/C Thermistor ABS ECU ABS ECU Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Airbag Sensor Assembly Airbag Squib (Front Passenger’s Airbag Assembly) Airbag Squip (Steering Wheel Pad) Ashtray Illumination Auto Antenna Control SW

B B B B

2 3 4 5

Blower Motor (A/C) Blower Motor (Heater) Blower Resistor Blower Speed Control Relay

C C C C C C

5 6 7 8 9 10

Center Diff. Lock Control Relay Cigarette Lighter Cigarette Lighter Illumination Circuit Opening Relay Clock Combination Meter

C C C C C C C

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination SW Combination SW Cooling Fan (Radio and Player) Cruise Control ECU

D D D D D D D D D D

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 28

Data Link Connector 3 Diff. Lock Control SW Diff. Lock ECU Diode (Front Washer) Diode (Headlight) Diode (Interior Light) Diode (Interior Light) Diode (Interior Light) Diode (Rear Washer) Diode (Neutral Detection)

E E E E E

4 5 6 7 8

Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Temp. Cut Relay

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

F F F

9 Front Speaker LH 10 Front Speaker RH 11 Fuse Block

G G

3 Glove Box Light 4 Glove Box Light SW

H H H

9 Hazard SW 10 Heater Control SW and A/C SW 11 Heater Control SW and A/C SW

I I I

10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light Relay 12 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock Solenoid

J J J J J J J J J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector

1 Light Retainer Relay

R R R R R R R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Radio and Player Radio and Player Radio and Player Rear Heater SW Rear Window Defogger SW Remote Control Mirror SW Rheostat

S S S S S S S S S S S

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Seat Belt Warning Relay Short Connector (SRS) Short Connector (SRS) Short Connector (SRS) Short Connector (SRS) Short Connector (A/C) Short Connector (A/C) Short Pin (Center Diff. Lock) Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stop Light SW

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body

A A A A A

22 23 24 25 26

B B

6 Back Door Courtesy SW 7 Back Door Lock Motor

D D D D D D D D D D D D

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

ABS Deceleration Sensor ABS Speed Sensor Front LH ABS Speed Sensor Front RH ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH

Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy Light Rear LH Door Courtesy Light Rear RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH Door Lock Control Relay Door Lock Control SW RH

D D D D

24 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH 25 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH 26 Door Lock Motor Rear LH 27 Door Lock Motor Rear RH

9 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW

F F F F F F F

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

12 High Mounted Stop Light

2 License Plate Light

M M M

2 Moon Roof Control Relay 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light 4 Moon Roof Limit SW and Motor

Front Diff. Lock Control Motor Front Diff. Lock Position SW Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Interior Light (w/ Moon Roof) Front Interior Light (w/o Moon Roof) Fuel Sender and Pump

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Position of Parts in Body

O/D Main SW

P P P P P P P P P

4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Parking Brake SW Power Window Master SW Power Window Motor Front LH Power Window Motor Front RH Power Window Motor Rear LH Power Window Motor Rear RH Power Window SW Front RH Power WIndow SW Rear LH Power Window SW Rear RH

R R R R R R R R R

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Diff. Lock Control Motor Rear Diff. Lock Position SW Rear Door Speaker LH Rear Door Speaker RH Rear Heater Rear Heater Relay Rear Interior Light

R 17 Rear Window Defogger (+) R 18 Rear Window Defogger (-) R 19 Rear Wiper Motor R 20 Rear Wiper Relay R 21 Remote Control Mirror LH R 22 Remote Control Mirror RH R 23 Roof Speaker LH R 24 Roof Speaker RH S

Shift Lock ECU

T T T

4 5 6

Trailer Socket (Tail and Stop Light) Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light) Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)

V V

6 7

Vanity Light LH Vanity Light RH

W W

5 6

Woofer (Speaker) Woofer Amplifier

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Seat

Buckle SW LH

P P P

14 15 16

Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat) Power Seat Control SW (Passenger’s Seat) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support Control) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P P P P P P

19 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control) 20 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control) 21 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Front Vertical Control) 22 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) 23 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control) 24 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

Brought to you by BirfMark

MEMO

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 EA2

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

EA3 EA4

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

EB1

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

EC1 EC2

ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

EY1

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

EZ1

ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

Ea1

TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK KIC PANEL) NEL)

ID3 IE1

ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

IG1 IG2

COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH1 IH2 II1 II2

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK KI PANEL) NEL)

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BJ1 BJ2

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BL1

ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)

BM1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

BN1 BN2 BO1

REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

BP1 BP2

REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BQ1 BQ2

FLOOR NO. NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR1 BR2 BS1 BS2

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER) BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BT1 BT2

BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BU1

REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BV1

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)

BW1

ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BX1

REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)

Bb1

COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

Bd1

COWL WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

Be1

SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bf1

FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bg1

FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)

Bh1 Bh2

FLOOR NO NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

Brought to you by BirfMark

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Brought to you by BirfMark

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

Bc1

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bi1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Bj1

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Brought to you by BirfMark

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)

: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)

Brought to you by BirfMark

: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)

: Fusible Link (F6, F7, F8 See page 22)

Brought to you by BirfMark

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)

: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)

Brought to you by BirfMark

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)

: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)

Brought to you by BirfMark

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)

: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)

Brought to you by BirfMark

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)

: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)

Brought to you by BirfMark

MEMO

Brought to you by BirfMark

F L M A IN 2 . 0 L

F L AM 2 0 . 3P

1 A

F6 A F7 B F8 C FUSIB LE L IN K

1 C

B−L

BA TTER Y

F L A M 1 1 . 2 5B

POWER SOURCE

15A EFI

E 6

W −R

E 7

H EAD R EL AY 60A ABS

15 A HE AD (L H)

B −W

3 EA2

3 E A3 W

R− Y

B W −R 11

AM2

4 AM1

R −B

B −R

Brought to you by BirfMark

3 0A F L P OW E R L

B−L

1 5A T A IL

3 0A D FF 2 L−B

20A R EAR −HT R 2 L −W

15A O BD

7 . 5A T URN

2 G −W

15A EC U − IG

3 B −W

10 A G AU G E

3 Y

2 0A W IPER

2 L

Y−L

10A ECU −B

B −R

40A F L H EAT ER

W −G

1 0A ST O P

G −O

L −O

2 0A D EF OG

B −Y

7 . 5A IG N

B −Y

3 1

15A C IG

B −Y

6 B−Y

TAIL R ELAY

IG 2

IG 1 2

ST 1

ACC

I12 IG NITIO N SW

R− L

15 A HEA D (R H)

G 2 G EN ER ATO R

6 EA 2

L− R

R −W 2

3 2

2 2

L −Y

G −O

4 2

W 2

W −R

50A AM 1

1 0A DO M E

B−Y

R −Y

2 1

15 A HAZ− HO R N

2 W

F11 FUS E BL OC K

R− W

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY (2) 1- (2) 2

: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE) I12 IGNITION SW 4-3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION 11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION TAIL RELAY (1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE F8

SEE PAGE C

F11

CODE

SEE PAGE

I12

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA2 EA3

SEE PAGE 30

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

COWL WIRE

AF 8

G RA Y

F11

G 2

(S EE PA G E 2 0)

I1 2

1 2

1 X

Brought to you by BirfMark

BLA CK

4 11

Brought to you by BirfMark

STARTING AND IGNITION

W−R

11 AM2

IG 2 6

B− R

A CC B

4 AM1

IG 1 ST1 1

3 EA2

B− W

1 EA2

6 EA2 I1 2 IG N ITIO N SW

B− R

B −W 8 EA2

IGF

IG T

G−

B− Y

E19

IH 1 14

IH2

IH 2

B− Y

B− R

B −G

B−R

I2 IG N ITER

D 2 D IS TR IBUTO R

B− R

B− W

50 A AM 1

B− G

P 1 PAR K/NEU TRAL PO SITIO N SW

TO C RU ISE CO N TR O L EC U

IH1

B −W

W−R

I3 IG N ITIO N CO IL

B− W

I1 3

TO ENG IN E CO N TR O L M O DUL E

B− W

TO EN G IN E C O NTR OL M OD UL E

B−L

11 B NE

6 B G1

A ,E 6

10 B G−

ENG IN E C ONTR OL M O DUL E

1 A

J9 JU NCTIO N CO NNEC TO R

F6 A F 7 B FUSIBL E LIN K 1

1 A

B 2 W−B

N 1 N O IS E FIL TER (IG N ITIO N S YS TEM ) W −B

FL AM 1 1 . 25 B

FL AM 2 0 . 3 P

12 B GT

B− R

23 A GF

(SHIEL DED )

17 A

B ATTERY S 1 B

S2 A

STAR TER

IH1 W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS I12 IGNITION SW

4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION S 1 (B) , S 2 (A) STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 6-5 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

I12

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

EA2 IH1 1H2

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E19

ENGINE WIRE

COWL WIRE

D 2

BL AC K

E 4

CODE

SEE PAGE

I13

E 6

D ARK G R AY

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

D AR K G RAY

G R AY

1 1

X X

D AR K G RAY

BLA CK

X 1 0 11 1 2

I1 2

B LA CK

1 X

4 6

A A

(HINT : S EE PAG E 7 )

N 1

P 1

G RA Y

G R AY

S 1

BL ACK

S 2

1 1

1 5

Brought to you by BirfMark

CHARGING W B

FR O M P O W E R SO UR CE S Y STE M (S EE PA G E 52 ) 1

F11 FU S E BLO C K 50 A AM 1

2 B− L

7. 5 A IGN

2 B− L

13 A C 1 1, B C 1 3 A

C HA R G E W A RN ING L IG H T [C O M B. M ETE R ]

Y−L

B− L

7 B

4 EA 1

Y− L

5 EA 1

2 3

2 1

4 2

7 . 5A CH A RG E

B− L

Y− L

2 A

1 A

3 A

1 B

1 A FL A M 1 1 . 2 5B

FL M AIN 2 . 0L

1 C

B− L

Y− L

F 6 A F8 C FU SIB LE LIN K G 1 A G2 B G EN ER ATO R

IC RE G UL ATO R B A TTER Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS G 1 (A) , G 2 (B) GENERATOR

(B) 1-GROUND (A) 3-GROUND

: 13.9-15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25 C (77 F) 13.5-14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115 C (239 F) : 0-4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

C11

C13

CODE F8

SEE PAGE C

F11 G1

CODE

SEE PAGE B

25 A

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

: SPLICE POINTS CODE I4

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

C1 1

C13

BL U E

F 6

F8 C

1 X

F11

X 13

G 1

G RA Y

(SEE PAG E 20)

G 2

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT-IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2) TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. TO STABILIZE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IS WARMED. (4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND THE PICK-UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE. (5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE ENGINE IDLING SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL. (6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE COMBINATION METER. (7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE START-UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THW EFI MAIN RELAY. THE CURRENT FLOW THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

Brought to you by BirfMark

2. CONTROL SYSTEM * SFI SYSTEM THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ESA SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT THIS SIGNAL, WHICH CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER. * IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE-UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.) AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE. * EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (5), (9)), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. * FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OOPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUS CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS. * FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (5), (11)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP.

4. FAIL -SAFE SYSTEM WHEN THE MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL-SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL B− L AC C B− W 4 AM 1

IG 1 B−R ST1 1 B− R

1 1 AM 2

IG 2 6

Y−R

FR O M PO W ER SO U RCE SYS TE M (SE E PA G E 5 2)

B− R

R−Y 1

1 0 A G AU G E

1 0A STO P

Y F1 1 FU SE BL O C K

IH1 B− L

B−L

G −O Y

3 EA2

I1 2 IG N ITIO N SW

7. 5 A IG N

W−R

6 EA2

B− R

G−O

B −R B− L R B−R

B− R

E21

FR O M P OW ER S O UR C E SYS TE M (SEE P AG E 52)

1 R

50A AM 1 E16

15 A EF I

1 7 EA2

R− Y

I9 INJ ECTO R NO . 6

I8 INJ ECTO R NO . 5

R 1

I 7 INJ ECTO R NO.. 4

I6 IN JEC TO R N O. 3

I5 1

INJ ECTO R NO . 2

I4 INJ ECTO R NO . 1

W −R

W 2

2 1

R−Y

B− R

2 2 EFI M AIN REL AY

Y−L

4 2

B− L

Y− R

W−G

W −R

W −L

Y−R

E20

BR A F7 B

FL A M 2 0. 3P

Y− R

FUS IB LE L INK

1 B

F 6

1 A FL AM 1 1 . 2 5B

1 E B1

Y−R Y− L Y−R Y W−G

BATTE RY

W−R W−L EB

Brought to you by BirfMark

B−L

B− L

B− W

B −W

B− R

W −B

Y− R

R−Y

I3 IGNITIO N C OIL

G− O

2 (SHIELDED)

N 1 NO ISE FILTER (IG NITIO N SYSTEM )

B− R

1 B

A J1 JUNCTION CO NN ECTO R

B− R G −O

4 B

G−

L L

6 B G2

G−

E2 9 C

BR− B

E16

BR−B

I19

THW 4 C E 3 EN GIN E COO L ANT TEM P. SENSOR R−W

THG 19 A E1 EG R GAS TEMP. SENSOR G −Y

W NE

A/C 7 D

B− W

B− L

12 B 1 1 B 1 0 B IGT

L−W

W−L

SPD 8 D

9 D

C 13 C OM BINATIO N M ETER

12 A

B− G

B− Y

R− Y

G −W

Y−R 11 A

IH2

23 A IGF

25 A

W −R

# 10

2 A

W −G

# 20

1 A

# 30

15 A

17 A BATT

Y− R

# 40

IH2

FROM ENGINE CO OL ANT TEM P. CUT RELAY

S TP

FROM TRANSFER L4 POSITIO N SW

Y−L Y− R

# 50

2 D

14 D W

Y− L

ENG IN E CO NTR OL M ODUL E

E 4 A E 5 C E6 B E 7 D Y− R

4 D IG SW

# 60

IG T 2

2 EA2

B−L

1 D M R LY

D 2 DISTRIBUTOR

1 14

3 D

B−W

B−G

6 B

8 EA2

I2 IGNITER IGF

B−Y

S1 3 STO P LIG HT SW

B− R

R −Y

5 A

B− W

1 EA2

(SHIELDED )

C1 0

A , C1 1

MAL FUNCTION INDICATO R LAM P [COM B. M ETER]

B−L

B− R

W −G W −R

E1 6

BR−B

E20

BR−B Y− R

W −L ID

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL B−L

B− L

B− W

B −W

W −B

Y− R

Y− R J9 JUN CTION CO NNECTO R A A

W −B (SHIE LDED)

(SHIE LDED)

(SHIELDED) L

(SHIEL DED )

(SH IELD ED )

NE 2

NE−

NE 1 BR L

I19

C 3 CR AN KSHAFT PO SIT IO N SENSOR

(SH IELD ED)

K2 KNO CK SENSOR 2 L− W

W −B

E17

1 K1 KNO CK SENSOR 1 (SH IELD ED)

(SH IELD ED)

N E2+

16 A

26 A

13 A

EO1

2 C

EO 2

16 C

E03

3 C

12 C

L− Y

E2 1

1 C

R− W

THA

10 C

R− G

O IL

11 C

G−B

VCC

NE 2−

G −W

V TA

E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D EN GINE CO NTROL M ODULE

4 B

13 D

I1 8

FPR

24 A

W −R

KNK2

KNK1

IDL

5 B

14 C

BR− B

6 C

BR− B

E16 BR− B

I18 3

THA

E2 1

VG E17

4 VC T1 THRO TTLE PO SITIO N SENS OR

E1 7 E2

BR− B

Y− R

Y−R

BR−B

E1 7 BR− B

BR−B

3 VTA

BR− B

2 IDL

1 E2

M 1 M ASS AIR FL OW

BR− B

A 3 A/T FLUID TE M P. SE N SOR 1 2

Brought to you by BirfMark

BR−B

W−R BR−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

B−L

B− L

B− W

B −W

W −B

W −B Y− R

E14

Y−R

E15

W −B

Y− R

E21

Y− R

E14

Y− R

E21

Y− R

W −B

(SH IELD ED ) BR−B

(SHIEL DED)

OX2

H 5 HEATE D O XYGE N SENSO R (BANK 1 SENSO R 1) Y− R

BR− B

HT2

R−G

(SHIEL DED)

I1 ID LE AIR CO NTRO L VALVE H 6 H EATED OXYGEN SEN SOR ( BANK 1 SENSOR 2 ) O Y− R

Y−R

G−Y

R−B

BR−B

3 EZ1

4 A 6 A

5 A 7 A

13 C

7 B

ISC 1

OILW 5 D

10 D

G−O

TE1 7 C

5 C

1 B O X2

H T2

Y −L

FPU

ISC 3

E GR

ISC 2

21 A

22 A

ISC 4

L− R

L− W

4 EZ1

Y−L

2 2

Y V3 VSV (EGR )

E15 Y−R

Y− R 1 EZ1

2 EZ1

V 4 VSV (FUEL PRESS URE CO NTRO L)

Y− R

(SH IELD ED )

HT1

O X1

TAC O E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D E NG INE C ONTRO L M ODUL E

8 TE1 D 1 DATA L IN K CO NNEC TO R 1 E1

+B 12

TO CO M BIN ATIO N M ETER

Y −R

BR− B

Y− R BR− B

BR−B

W −R

W−R

BR− B

BR−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL B−L

B− L

B− W 4 IH1

W −B Y− R

E20

Y− R

22 IH1

B −W

B− W

I13 W −B

I12

FROM POW ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

Y− R

W −B

15 A O BD

BR− B

F11 FUSE BLOC K

Y−L

D 3 DATA LINK CO NNECTO R 3

E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D ENG INE CO NTRO L M ODU LE

6 D

W−B

(SHIELDED)

SDL 2

W−B

BAT

12 D +B

B− W

W−B

BR−B

Y−R

SD L

8 FC 14 A

R−W

B−W

NSW 22 D

B− R

STA 11 D

IH2

J2 JU NCTION CON NE CT OR

IH 1

J8 J UNCTIO N C O NNECTO R A

R−W

R− W

B− R

W −B

BR− B

W −B

Y− R

W −R

W−R

BR− B

W −B

I12

Brought to you by BirfMark

B −L B− W

IH 1 B−W

6 P

P 1 P ARK /N E U TR AL P OSITIO N S W

B−R

TO S TA RTER

E19

IH 1

I13

B−R

TO CO M B IN ATIO N M E TER

C 8 C IR C UIT O P E NING R ELA Y

R− G R −W 5

W −R

ID 2

3 BO 1

R −G

R− W

R−B

R− B

F 4 FUEL PU M P R ELAY

R−B

B−R

R−G

R−W

F5 FU EL PU M P RE SISTO R

I14

R− B

F1 8 FU EL PU M P [FUE L SEN D ER ]

W −B

6 W−R

W−B

5 BO 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL SERVICE HINTS EFI MAIN RELAY (2) 2- (2) 4:CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION E 4 (A) , E 5 (C) , E 6 (B) , E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (VOLTAGE AT THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE) BATT -E1 : ALWAYS 9.0-14.0 VOLTS IGSW, +B, MRLY-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON VCC -E2 : 4.5-5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON IDL -E2 : 0-3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN VTA -E2 : 0.3-0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED : 3.2-4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN THA -E2 : 0.5-3.4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20 C (68 F) THW -E2 : 0.2-1.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80 C (176 F) STA -E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE WITH THE CLANKING IGT -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING #10, #20, #30-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON #40, #50, #60-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON IGF -E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING G1, G2-G: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING NE- G: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING KNK1, KNK2-E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON STA -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT “P” OR “N” POSITION : 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT OTHER THAN “P ” OR “N” POSITION SPD -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY TE1 -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 NOT CONNECTED : 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 CONNECTED W -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF) A/C -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING ON : 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING OFF STP -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) : 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW OFF RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTORS (DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR) IDL -E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) : 2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VTA -E2 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) : 0.2-5.7 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VCC -E2 : 2.5-5.9 KΩ THA -E2 : 2.0-3 .0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20 C (68 F)) THW -E2 : 200-400 Ω (ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80 C (176 F)) G1,G2-G: 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10 C (14 F) TO 0 C (122 F)) : 240-325 Ω (HOT (50 C (122 F) TO 100 C (212 F) NE -G: 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10 C (14 F) TO 0 C (122 F)) : 240-325 Ω (HOT (50 C (122 F) TO 100 C (212 F) ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-+B : 10-30 Ω I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE 5-4, 6 : 10-30 Ω 2-1, 3 : 10-30 Ω I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR 1-2 : 12-16 Ω H 5, H 6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1-2 : 5.0-6.5 Ω T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1-4 : 2.5-5.9 KΩ 1-3 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 0.2-5.7 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 1-2 : INFINITY WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.75 MM (0.030 IN.) : 2.3 KΩ LESS WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.) F18 FUEL PUMP [FUEL SENDER] 3-6 : 0.2-3.0 Ω F 5 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR 1-2 : APPROX. 0.73 Ω E 1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 1-2 : 69-89 Ω (50 C, 122 F) : 11-15 Ω (100 C, 212 F) : 2-4 Ω (150 C, 302 F) V 4 VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL) 1-2 : 37-44 Ω (20 C (68 F)

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS V 3 VSV (EGR)

1-2 : 30-34 Ω (20 C, 68 F) E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR

1-2 : 10-20 KΩ (-20 C, -4 F) : 4-7 KΩ (0 C, 32 F) : 2-3 KΩ (20 C, 68 F) : 0.9-1.3 KΩ (40 C, 104 F) : 0.4-0.7 KΩ (60 C, 140 F) : 0.2-0.4 KΩ (80 C, 176 F)

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

I12

C10

F11

C11

F18

C13

S13

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA2

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

EB1

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

EZ1

ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

IH1 IH2 BO1

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

E14

E15

I12

E16

I13

E17

ENGINE WIRE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

ENGINE WIRE

I14

E19

I18

E20

I19

E21

Brought to you by BirfMark

ENGINE CONTROL

Brought to you by BirfMark

HEADLIGHT W W

2 3

15A H EAD (L H )

H EA D R EL AY

15A H EAD (RH )

2 2

R −W

R− W

R− L

R−Y

R− W

E 2

1 R−W

R−W

F8 FU SIB L E LIN K

E 5

E 2

5 EA 2

I1 R− W

FL M AIN 2. 0L

1 1 E A1

DIM M ER S W

TAIL W−B

L IG H T CO NTR OL SW

O FF

H EAD LO W H IG H

W−B E 4

FLAS H 9

W −B

R− Y

W−B

R−Y

J7 J UN C TIO N CO N N EC TO R

W−B

E 4 A

W−B

R−Y

4 E A2

R−Y

R− Y I6

W−B

W −B

R− W C

C13 H I G H BE AM IN DI A TO R L I G H T [CO M B. M E TE R]

H 2 H E ADL IG HT H I R H

W −B

Brought to you by BirfMark

R−Y

B− O

3 C14 C O M BIN ATIO N SW

1 W −B

L 1 LI G HT R E TAIN ER R E LA Y

H 4 H E ADL IG HT LO RH

H 3 H E ADL IG HT L O L H

R−L 7

H 1 H E ADL IG HT HI LH

B ATTE RY

R− W

R−L

D 7 D IO DE (HE A DL IG H T)

R− W

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY (2) 1 - (2) 2

: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE) C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 13-11 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION C14 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] 14-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION 12-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C13

C14

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

EA1

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA2

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

E2 E3

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I6 C 13

C 14

X 5 6

H 1, H 2

B LAC K

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

COWL WIRE

BL A CK

D 7

O R AN G E

F 8

X X

SEE PAGE

H 3, H 4

BRO W N

12 13 14

BL UE

A A A A A A A A A A A A

L 1

3 X

( H INT : SE E PA G E 7 )

Brought to you by BirfMark

TAILLIGHT W

1 2

F11 FUSE B LO C K

15A TAIL

TAIL R ELA Y 3 EA3 1

3 2 1

R −B

J1 JU NC TIO N C O N NECTO R

B B

10 EA 1

ID2

8 G

L1 LI G H T R E TAINE R R EL AY

4 B Q1

1 BATTERY

G E5

B3 2

F8 FU SIBL E LIN K

T4 TRAILE R SO C KE T (TAIL AN D STO P L IG HT)

B3 2

B−L

B34

W−B

1 BV1 W−B

W−B

W −B

B3 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

W −B

L2 L ICEN S E P LATE L IG HT

J7 J U NC TIO N C O NNE C TO R

P 3 P A RK ING L IGH T RH

P 2 P A RK ING L IGH T LH

W−B

W −B

R 9 TA IL L IG HT RH [R EA R COM B . LIG HT R H]

TA IL HE AD

O FF

2 G

LIG H T CO NTR O L SW

C14 C O M BIN ATIO N SW

G 3 BV1

R 8 TA IL L IG HT LH [R EA R COM B . LIG HT LH ]

FL M AIN 2. 0 L

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS TAIL RELAY (1) 2- (1) 3

: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C14

F11

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 EA3

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BQ1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BV1

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

LEFT KICK PANEL

LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B32

B31

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

B34

C1 4

BLAC K

F 8

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

FLOOR NO. NO 3 WIRE

F1 1

(SEE PA G E 2 0)

SEE PAGE

B B B B B B B

(H IN T : SE E P AG E 7)

J 7

A A A

BL U E

L 1

A A

A A A A A A A

L 2

2 X

2 8

G RA Y

P 2, P 3

R 8, R 9

T 4

BL A CK

3 3

(H IN T : SE E PAG E 7)

Brought to you by BirfMark

STOP LIGHT FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 5 2) 1

1 0 A S TO P

F11 FU S E BLO CK

G −O

S1 3 ST O P LIGH T S W

G−W

ID2

G −W

1 BR 1

G− W

G−W

3 BS 2

G−W

B18

G−W

3 BQ 1

T4 TRAILER SOCKET (TAIL AND STOP LIGHT) 2 B18

G−W

R 9 S T O P L IG HT RH [R E AR CO M B. L IGH T R H]

G −W 6

5 W−B

R 8 S T O P L IG HT LH [R E AR CO M B. L IGH T L H]

W−

B30

H 12 H IG H M O U NTE D S TO P L IG HT

1 BS2 6

4 BR 1

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS S13 STOP LIGHT SW

2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

S13

H12

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BQ1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR1

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS2

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

B18

SEE PAGE

FLOOR WIRE

B33

B30

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

F1 1

H 12

R 8, R 9

S13

SEE PAGE 36

BLA CK

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

BLAC K

(S EE P AG E 20 ) 1

2 1 X

Brought to you by BirfMark

BACK-UP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

10A GAUGE

F1 1 FUS E BL O CK

B J4 JU NC TIO N C O N NEC TO R

IH 1 Y

4 P 1 BA CK− U P LIG H T S W [PA RK/NEU TRA L P OS ITIO N SW ]

R−B

IH 1

R−B

R− B

TO A/T IN DIC AT OR L IG HT [C O M B . M E TE R]

R−B

I1 2

ID 2

R− B

14 B Q 1 R −B

T4 TRAILER SOCKET (TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)

R− B

R− B B34

R−B

R −B B2 9

1 R 8 BAC K− UP L IG HT L H [R EA R C O M B. L IG H T L H]

R 9 BAC K− UP LIG H T RH [R EA R CO M B. L IG HT RH ] 5

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS P 1 BACK-UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

4-8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IH1

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

BQ1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE BG

SEE PAGE 34

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

I12

SEE PAGE

COWL WIRE

B34

B29

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

F1 1

P 1

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

R 8, R 9

G RAY

T 4

BL ACK

(SEE PA GE 20) B B B B B B B

4 8

Brought to you by BirfMark

1 X

3 5

Brought to you by BirfMark

ILLUMINATION 1

TAIL R EL A Y

15 A TAIL

F 11 F U SE B L OC K

3 2 1

R −B

3 E A3

J1 JU N CTIO N CO NN E CTO R

8 F8 FU SIB L E L IN K

L1 LIG H T R E TAIN E R R EL AY

F L M AIN 2 . 0 L

2 ID 1

BATTE RY

2 A

(* 4 )

(* 3 )

1 C

12 B

B13

W−G

TAIL

W −B

H EAD W−G

LIG HT CO NTRO L SW

O FF

C , C1 3

2 C

O 4 A/T S H IF T L EV ER IL L U M INA TIO N [O /D M AI N SW ] W −G

A C14 C O M BIN A TIO N SW

C1 1

B , C 12

CO M B IN ATIO N M ETE R

R 7 R H EO S TA T

E 9 E LE CTR O N IC A L LY CO NTR O L L ED TR ANS M ISS IO N P ATTER N SE LEC T SW W−B G

B− L

B13 1

W −G

W−B

J2 JU N C TIO N C O N N EC TO R

ID 2

W −G

J 7 J U N C TIO N C O N N EC TO R

W −B

A A

W−B

W −B

I12

W −B

J5 JU N C TIO N C O N NEC TO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

A 2

I16

A 2

IF1

I10

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

6 A

2 B

G 3 GLO VE BOX LIGHT

R4 REAR HEATER SW

(* 1)

A , S12

STEREO COM PONENT AMPLIFIER

I16

2 G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

3 G−W

S1 1

IF1

RAD IO AND PLAY E R

H1 0 HEATER C O NTR OL SW AND A/C SW

(* 1)

G I9

W −B

C7 CIGAL ETTE LIGHT ER ILL UMINATION

I20

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTO R

G I9

W −G

A20 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

R 2

A 21 A UTO ANTE NNA C ONTROL SW

W −G

H9 H AZARD S W

W −B

W− B

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

(* 1)

1 2

W− G

W −G A

W− G

5 B

W− G

10 A

R5 REAR W IND OW DEFO GGER SW W −G G

G (* 2)

W −G

W−G

W −G

(* 2)

W− G

A ,R3

RADIO AND PLAYER

Brought to you by BirfMark

*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER *2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER *3 : A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION *4 : METER ILLUMINATION

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

6 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

ILLUMINATION SERVICE HINTS TAIL RELAY (1) 2- (1) 3

: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)

R 7 RHEOSTAT

1-2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH IT FULLY TURNED CLOCKWISE

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

A20

A21

CODE

SEE PAGE

O4 R1

27 A

C11

H10

C12

C13

C14

S11

F11

S12

25 B

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE 20

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA3

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

ID1 ID2 IF1

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I9 I10 I12

COWL WIRE

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I16

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I20

COWL WIRE

B13

FLOOR WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

INTERIOR LIGHT FRO M PO W ER S O UR CE SY STEM (SEE PAG E 52 )

1 0A DOME

3 2 L− Y

J3 JU NC TIO N C O N N CTO R

1 B

L− Y

I14

L− Y D1 0 DIO DE (IN TER IOR L IG H T) 16

L− Y

R− W

3 L− Y

EA1 B

R− L

IE 1

R− Y

C 13 O P EN D O O R W A RN IN G LIG HT [CO M B. M ETER ]

L− Y 2

L− Y

II2

L−Y L−Y

(* 1)

L−Y

B11

(* 2 )

L −Y

(* 2)

L −Y

2 BP 2

IE1

R− L 3

IE1

W− B

R− L

R −Y A J 2 JUN C TIO N CO N NE C TO R

B23

R− L

II2 R− Y

(* 1 )

W−B

R−L

2 BL1

R −L D19 D O O R C O UR TES Y SW R EAR RH

R−L

R −Y

(* 1 )

B−W

(* 2 )

W−B

R−L

R −Y

(* 1)

W−B

W −B

I11

R −Y

I11

R− Y

R− Y W −B

W−B

I12

R− L

O FF ON

V 7 VAN ITY L IG HT R H

V 6 VAN ITY L IG HT L H 1

DOOR

F1 6 (* 1 ) F1 7 (* 2 ) FR O N T IN TER IO R L IG HT

L −Y

DOOR

L −Y

R1 6 REA R IN TER IO R L IG H T

L −Y

(* 1)

L −Y M 3 PE R SO NA L LIG H T [M O O N R O O F C O N TR OL SW ]

1 BP 2

D 15 D O O R C OUR TESY L IG H T RE A R RH

L −Y

B11

(* 1 )

L− Y

L −Y

1 BL1 B10

Brought to you by BirfMark

*1 : W/ MOON ROOF *2 : W/O MOON ROOF

L− Y L− Y

L−Y

I14

I11 IG NITION KE Y CYLINDER LIG HT RE LAY

L− Y 1 B

L−Y

ID2 L−Y

DCTY

R−W

1 BT2

8 BR1

R−Y

B 6 BACK DO OR COURTESY S W W−B R− W

4 BJ2

B17

A J7 JUN CTION CO N NECTO R

R− Y

2 BT2 W−B

ID2

3 II2

R−L

D 8 DIO DE (INTERIOR LIGHT) 1 R−G 2

D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FR ONT LH 1 R−B

W−B

R− L

4 BR1

3 ID2

W −B

D1 7 DOO R C OURTESY SW FRO NT RH 1 R−G

R− L

R−L

1 BS2

D9 DIODE (INTERIO R LIG HT) R−L 1 2 R−B

W −B

R−Y

R− B

R−L

A R−L

D18 DOOR CO URTES Y SW R EA R LH

R −Y

R −W

W−B

1 4 BK1

2 BS2

R− W

R−B

2 BN2

I10 IG NITIO N KEY CYLINDER LI GHT R− B

1 BJ2

D12 DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT FR ONT L H R−L L− Y

1 3 BK1

D13 DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT FR ONT R H R−L L− Y

D14 DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT RE AR LH R−L L− Y

1 BN2

Brought to you by BirfMark

INTERIOR LIGHT SERVICE HINTS F16, F17 FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT

2-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE INTERIOR LIGHT POSITION SW AT DOOR POSITION D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN B 6 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW 2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BACK DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

D15

I11

C13

D16

D17

D18

D10

D19

D12

F16

R16

D13

F17

D14

I10

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E1

ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

II2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BJ2

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BL1

ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)

BN2

REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BP2

REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS2

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BT2

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I9 I11

CODE B10

COWL WIRE

ROOF WIRE

B11

I12

B17

FLOOR WIRE

I14

B23

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

ROOF WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT FRO M P OW E R SO UR CE SY STE M (SEE P AG E 52 ) 1

7 . 5 A T URN

1 5A HA Z− HO RN

F11 FUS E B LO CK 2 2

2 G−W

18 IF1

H 9 HA ZAR D SW

G −O

E A1

G −O

IF1 G−W

G−O

C14 TU RN SIGN AL SW [C O M B . SW ]

O FF

HA ZA RD

TU RN

IF1

G−Y

G G−B

FL ASH RE LAY

G −B

G−Y LH

G −Y

1 B

G −Y

G −B

G−R

G−B

I7 G

G−Y

IF1

G−B

G−R

G−Y

6 G−Y

5 G−B

9 G

G−B

3 20

ID2

8 EA1

1 A

1 B

TRAIL ER S OC KET (TURN SIG N AL L IG HT)

G−B

G−Y 2

5 W −B

I12

W −B

R 8 RE AR TU R N SIG N AL LIG H T L H [R EAR CO M B. L IG HT L H ]

A ,T6

F2 F RO N T TU R N S IG N AL LIG HT R H

W −B

W−B

A J7 J UNCTION CO N NE CTO R

1 R 9 RE AR TU R N SIG N AL LIG H T RH [R EAR CO M B. L IG HT R H]

G−B

2 B

W −B

F 1 FR O NT TUR N S IGN AL L IG HT L H

W −B

G−Y

2 A

G−Y

G−B A

W −B

G−B

1 0 BQ 1

J2 JUN CTION CO N NE CTO R

W−B

9 BQ 1

C1 1 TU RN SIG NA L IN D ICA TO R LIG H T [C O M B . M E TER ]

Brought to you by BirfMark

W −B

7 EA1 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS FLASH RELAY (1) 2-GROUND (1) 1-GROUND

(1) 3-GROUND

: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT POSITION, AND WITH THE HAZARD SW ON : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C11

F11

C14

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1F1

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

BQ1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

C14

BL UE

1 X

J 2

J 7

A A

B LU E

A A

R 8, R 9

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

B LA C K

1 2

10 (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

T 6

T 5

1 2

(S E E P A G E 2 0 )

BLUE

A A A A A A A

F1 1

GRAY

X 1

B LA C K

COWL WIRE

F 1, F 2

BL ACK

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

X X

H 9

SEE PAGE

I12

COWL WIRE

C11

CODE

Brought to you by BirfMark

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF W

2 1

2 3

HE AD RE LAY

F1 1 FUS E B LO C K 2

TA IL R ELAY

3 2

1 1

R−W

R −Y

11 EA 1 R −W

R− B

B− W

B− R

1 5A ECU − IG

3 EA 3

10A EC U− B

FROM P OW E R SO U RC E SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )

D 7 DIO DE (H EAD L IG HT)

R−L

7 IG

8 HR LY

TRL Y

D C TY

C 14 C O M BINA TIO N SW

ID 2

TAIL H EA D

D16 D O O R COU R TESY S W FRO NT LH

A J7 JU N C TIO N C O NN E CTO R W −B

O FF

B A TTE RY

B−O

L IG H T C O NTRO L SW

2 B− L

R−B

F8 FU SIBLE L INK

R −B

F L M A IN 2 . 0 L

H L1 LIG H T R E TAIN ER R ELA Y

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH ECU-IG FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE TAIL RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION <TURN TAILLIGHT ON> WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. <TURN HEADLIGHT ON> WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 3 TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE (SEE <TURN TAILLIGHT ON>).

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION WITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY), WHEN THE DOOR OF DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES, AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 AND FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

SERVICE HINTS L 1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY

1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 6-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 7-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION 2-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C14

F11

D16

CODE L1

SEE PAGE 25

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 EA3 1D2

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS CODE ID

SEE PAGE 32

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE E7

SEE PAGE 30

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

CODE I1

Brought to you by BirfMark

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

Brought to you by BirfMark

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

Brought to you by BirfMark

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER FROM P OW ER SO UR CE SY S TEM (SE E P AG E 52 )

2 0 A W IPER

F1 1 FUSE B L O CK

L I1 5

4 E A4

C1 5 FRO N T W IPER AND W ASH ER SW [C O M B. SW ]

2 M

W IPER SW

O FF

INT1 INT2

1 W AS HER SW W

L− B

W 2 W AS HER M O TO R

INT O FF

5 E A4

L− B

TO DIO DE (RE AR W ASH ER )

L−B

I13

1 D 6 D IOD E (FR O NT W A SHER ) 2

8 L−W

+1 7

L −R

+2 1 3

W−B

L− R

I2 LG

L− Y

A J7 JUNC TIO N CO NN EC TO R A

W−B

J8 JU NC TION C O NN EC TO R ID

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

F3 FR O N T W IPER M O TO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR FROM THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITION WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITION WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITION WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF THE CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND AND FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN RELAY.

4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN, AND WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY. THIS CAUSES A CURRENT TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. WHILE THE WASHER SW IS ON, WINDOW WASHER KEEPS EMITTING SPRAYS AND FRONT WIPER KEEPS FUNCTIONING.

SERVICE HINTS C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LO POSITION : APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HI POSITION F 3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 5-6 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C15

F11

CODE W2

SEE PAGE 23

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA4

SEE PAGE 30

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE I2 I13

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

CODE I15

Brought to you by BirfMark

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

REAR WIPER AND WASHER FRO M PO W ER S OU R CE SYS TEM (SE E PAG E 5 2) 1

2 0A W IPER

C 15 R EAR W IP ER AN D W AS HER S W [C O M B. SW ] F11 FU SE BL O CK

C1 R

+1 R

W ASH ER2 O FF

2 L

INT ON

4 BT1

5 BS1

4 B S1

5 B T1

6 B T1

L− B

5 BR 1

L− O

W 1 W ASH ER C HA NG E V AL VE

2 BR 1

I20

W−B

I12

6 B S1

ID 1

D1 1 DIO D E (R EAR W ASH ER ) L −B 1 2 L −O

L−B

5 EA4

L −G

L− B

1 BR2

ID1

L−B

W 2 W AS HE R M OTO R

L−G

L−O

ID1

W ASH ER1

TO DIODE (FRO N T W ASH ER)

4 EA4

L−B

L −B

R 20 R EAR W IPER R EL AY

L −R A J7 J UNC TION C O NN EC TO R

L −W A 1 +1

4 +B

2 W−B

W −B

B T2

1 BS2

W−B

4 BR1 W−B

E R 19 R EAR W IP ER M OTO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR FROM THE WIPER FUSE.

1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED, AND THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE REAR WIPER.

2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AS A RESULT, THE RELAY OPERATES FOR APPROX. 6 - 10 SEC., AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE THE REAR WIPER. AT THIS TIME, THE CONTACT IN THE WIPER MOTOR CLOSES, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. THUS, THE INTERMITTENT-STOP CURRENT OPERATES, THE CONDENSER IN THE CIRCUIT CHARGES AND THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL REACHING THE STOP POSITION. AFTER THE WIPER STOPS, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE INTERMITTENT-STOP CIRCUIT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY, BUT THE CONDENSER DISCHARGES THE CURRENT INTO THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT OPERATES UNTIL THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE ENDS. AS, A RESULT, THIS DISCHARGE INTERVAL BECOMES THE INTERMITTENT TIME. WHEN THE CURRENT IS DISCHARGED COMPLETELY, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THEN, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR→ TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR. ACCORDING TO REPETITION OF THIS PROCESS, INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE REAR WIPER OCCURS.

3. WASHER OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON OR INT POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY TOWARD THE ON OR INT SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR ROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE WIPER SW IS PRESSED. AT THE SAME TIME, THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE OPERATES. WHEN THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE, THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE IS ACTIVATED AND WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY ON THE REAR WINDOW.

SERVICE HINTS W 2 WASHER MOTOR

2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON R20 REAR WIPER RELAY 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C15

D11

R19

F11

R20

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA4

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

ID1

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BR1 BR2 BS1 BS2 BT1 BT2

Brought to you by BirfMark

REAR WIPER AND WASHER : GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I12

COWL WIRE

C15

X X

I20 D11

BLACK

1 2 X 10 X X

CODE 32

F11

GRAY

(SEE PAGE 20)

1 2

SEE PAGE

COWL WIRE

BLUE

1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

R20

DARK GRAY

BLACK

2 1

R19

A A A A A A A A A A A A

16 X

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

Brought to you by BirfMark

3 4

Brought to you by BirfMark

HORN

FR O M PO W ER S O UR C E SYS TE M (S EE PAG E 5 2) 1

15 A H AZ−H O R N

G −O

2 2

HO R N REL A Y 1

1 EA 1

G−R

G −R

G−W

C 14 H O RN SW [C O M B . S W ]

1 H 8 HO R N RH

H 7 H O RN LH

SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY (2) 2- (2) 3

: CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

C14

CODE

SEE PAGE 22

CODE H8

SEE PAGE 22

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1

SEE PAGE 30

C14

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

B LAC K

H 7, H 8

B L AC K

1 X X

Brought to you by BirfMark

MOON ROOF FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )

10A G A UG E

3 0 A F L P O W ER

4 L

F11 FUSE B LO CK

D 22 D O O R LO C K C O NTR O L R EL AY

B J1 8 B J2

6 B J2

G −O

11 B J1

W −B

R−L

R −G

5 B J2

R− G

R−B

B J1

3 II2

R−G

R− B

ID2

G −O

16 M 2 M O O N R OO F CO N TRO L REL AY

D1 7 DO OR C O UR TESY SW FRO NT RH

L I3

D1 6 DO OR C O UR TESY SW FRO NT LH

A J1 JUN CTIO N CO N N ECTOR

PO W ER RE LAY

1 L−B

IE1

TIM ER

L−B

W−B

W −B

M 4 5 M OO N R OO F LIM IT S W AN D M O TO R

6 IE 1

B 9

O P EN

W −B

B 8

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

C LO S E

D OW N

R− L

NO . 2

G− Y

C LO S E

O PE N

R− W

DOWN

R−Y

W−B

I12

G ND

W−B

G− W A

−

NO . 1

A J2 JUN CTIO N CO N N ECTOR

LS. 2

W −B

LS . 1

U P/ C L OS E

DO W N / O P EN

Q R

M 3 M O O N R O O F C O N TRO L S W [P ER SON A L LIG H T]

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 1 → GROUND THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. AS A RESULT, THE POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON AT THIS TIME. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION.

2. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCH NO. 1 AND NO. 2 BOTH ARE ON, WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSE POSITION. WHEN THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF (THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND MOON ROOF REACHES 100 MM FROM FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11, AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION. TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOF WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE.

3. TILT UP OPERATION WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATION WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF TILTED UP (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWN SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 CHANGES FROM OFF TO ON.)

5. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEM WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON TO ACC OR OFF, WITH THE MOON ROOF STILL TILTED UP, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS IS RECEIVED BY THE RELAY AS A SIGNAL THAT THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. AT THIS TIME, THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 AND 9 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOON ROOF IS IN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMER BUILT INTO THE RELAY OPERATES.

6. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AT THIS TIME, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTION OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS. AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

Brought to you by BirfMark

MOON ROOF SERVICE HINTS POWER RELAY (1) 4- (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY 11-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION (EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION) 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS → 0 VOLTS WITH FROM OPEN TO CLOSE 0 VOLTS WITH UP OR DOWN POSITION 0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION 8-GROUND : 0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FROM UP TO DOWN M 3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW 5-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION 6-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION 2-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION 3-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION 4-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

D16

F11

D17

D22

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE 20

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E1

ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

II2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT (LE KICK PANEL) NEL)

BJ1 BJ2

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

COWL WIRE

I12

COWL WIRE

100

SEE PAGE

SEE PAGE 36

Brought to you by BirfMark

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

101

Brought to you by BirfMark

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (S EE PA G E 52 )

1 5 A CIG

F1 1 FU SE BL O C K

10 A DO M E

1 5 A T AIL

J4 JUN CTIO N CO N NE CTO R

L −Y

A J3 JUN CTIO N CO NN EC TO R

L −Y

3 EA1

C 6 C IG AR ETTE L IG HT ER

C 9 C L OC K

1 1

W−B

A J 7 J UNC TIO N C O N NEC TO R

J8 JU NCTIO N CO N NE CTO R

W−B

J3 JUN CTIO N CO N NE CTO R

102

L−Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER

2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY C 9 CLOCK 3-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK) 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION) 2-GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

CODE J8

SEE PAGE 25

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

EA1

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

C 6

C 9

F 11

1 2

J 3

A A A

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

J 4

(S EE PAG E 2 0 ) A A A

B B

A A A

A A A B B B B B

A A A

(HIN T : SE E PAG E 7 )

SEE PAGE

COWL WIRE

B LU E

A A

J 8

A A A

(H INT : SEE P A G E 7)

BL UE

A A

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PA G E 7 )

(HINT : S EE PA G E 7 )

Brought to you by BirfMark

103

Brought to you by BirfMark

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR FR O M PO W ER SO URC E S YSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )

15A CIG

F1 1 FU SE BL O CK

R 6 RE M O TE CO NTR OL M IR RO R SW

DOWN

R IG H T /D O W N

W−B

M+

G−R

O PER ATIO N SW

SE LE CT SW

R IG H T

LEFT /U P

L EF T

Y− R

A W

J2 J U NC TION C O NN EC TO R

6 B K1

10 BK 1

9 BK 1

BJ1

BJ 1

9 B J1

W−B

R 21 R EM O TE C ON TR O L M IR RO R L H

104

W −B

I12

R 22 R EM O TE C O NTR O L M IRR O R R H

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS R 6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC ON ON POSITION 3-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION 9-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION 10-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION 2-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION 6-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

R21

CODE R22

SEE PAGE 27

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BJ1

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

COWL WIRE

F11

J 2

SEE PAGE

I12 R 6

B LU E

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE R21, R 22

(S E E P A G E 20 ) A

1 1

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

Brought to you by BirfMark

105

Brought to you by BirfMark

SHIFT LOCK FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE S YSTE M (SEE PAG E 5 2 )

10 A S TOP

F1 1 FU SE BL OC K

G −O

1 5A E CU− IG

B− W

1 5 A CIG

J 3 J U NC TION C O NN EC TO R

J6 JU NCTIO N CO N NE CTO R

S1 3 STO P L IG HT SW

S1 4 SHIFT L O CK ECU

ACC

G−W

ID 2

ID 2 G−W

ID 2

B− W

6 IG

STP

SHIFT LO CK CO NTR O L SW P1

G− R

G−W

S LS +

L−R SHIFT LO C K SO LEN O ID

S LS − KL S+

E 5

G−B

ID2 G−B

8 I12 KE Y INTER LO C K SOL EN O ID [IG NITIO N S W ]

W−B

W −B

A J7 JU NCTIO N CO N NE CTO R

W−B

106

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU. AT THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU- IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (THE STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE SHIFT LOCK ECU. THE SHIFT LOCK ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU → TERMINAL SLS+ → TERMINAL 2 OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL SLS- OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES), AND SHIFT LEVER CAN BE SHIFTED INTO OTHER POSITION THAN THE “P” POSITION.

2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU TO THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION), AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.

SERVICE HINTS S14 SHIFT LOCK ECU

1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON)

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

I12 J3

CODE

SEE PAGE

S13

CODE S14

SEE PAGE 27

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

ID2

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

F11

I1 2

B L ACK

(S EE P AG E 2 0) X

A A A

B B

A A A

B B B B B

(HINT : S E E PAG E 7 )

A A A

S13

B L UE

J 6

(H IN T : S EE PAG E 7)

S14

BLA C K

A A

A A A A A A A 1 (HINT : SEE PAG E 7 )

Brought to you by BirfMark

107

Brought to you by BirfMark

POWER WINDOW

BJ2

6 BJ2

ID2

4 L 1

G −O 3

4 P O W ER R EL AY

8 3

W−B

R− B

R− G

J1 JUN CTIO N CO N NEC TO R A A

F11 FU SE BLO CK

20 BJ1

II2

2 1

W−B

L− B

J2 JU NC TIO N CO NN EC TO R

L−B

L− B

L−B

L−B P 6 PO W ER W IN DOW M AS TE R SW

1 BJ1

L−B

B 4

BW1

FR O NT RH

DOWN

FR O NT LH

DOWN

3 B J1

G−O

R −L

8 BJ2

R−G

3 0 A F L PO W ER

D 22 D O O R L O CK C O NTR O L R ELAY

10A G AUG E

FRO M PO W E R SO UR CE SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 5 2)

+ −

+ − W IND OW LO C K S W LO C K N O RM AL

F LD

B− O

R− G

L− B

2 BK1

5 BK 1

1 BK1

R− G

BJ 1

L −B

D OW N

P11 PO W ER W IND O W S W FRO N T R H

W−B

D 17 D OO R C O UR TES Y SW FRO N T RH W −B

D 16 D OO R C O UR TES Y SW FRO N T LH

108

BJ1

W −B

W−B

L− B

B− O

1 1 B J1

F RD

B 2

I12

FRU

R− G

FL U

B− G

W −B

R −B

R− G

3 ID

P 7 P OEW R W IN DO W M OTO R FRO NT LH

Brought to you by BirfMark

P 8 PO W E R W IND O W M O TO R FRO N T R H

Brought to you by BirfMark

L− B

P 6 PO W E R W INDO W M ASTER SW

B−L B J1

BJ1

R− L

B−L

L− B

R−Y

B J1

1 7 B J1

R−Y

R LD

10 B− Y

RL U

B −Y

RRD

R−L

RR U

L− B

DOWN

R EAR L H

DOWN

R E AR R H

L−B

L− B

ID 1

R− Y

2 BN1

1 BN 1

3 BN 1

1 B

Brought to you by BirfMark

P 12 P O W E R W IN DO W S W R EA R LH

P1 0 PO W ER W IN D O W M O TO R REA R RH

4 R

P1 3 PO W E R W IN D O W S W RE AR R H

L−B

DO W N

DO W N 2

ID 1

3 B P1 L−B

UP B

R −L

ID1

B−Y

1 BP1

II1

B− L

2 BP1

L− B

R−L

II1

R −L

B− L

II1

B− L

L− B

P 9 P O W ER W IND O W M O TO R R EAR L H

109

Brought to you by BirfMark

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FROM FL POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH, REAR LH AND REAR RH.

1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS BEING PULLED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND. ACCORDING TO THE FLOW, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE DOWN DIRECTION, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE) WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO DOWN SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 AND 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION. WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINALS 1 AND 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, AUTO DOWN SW TURNS OFF, AND THE CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.

3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW WHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO GROUND, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S SIDE) WITH THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 AND 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 3, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED OUT TO THE NORMAL SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 1 AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE OPERATION.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND KEEPS THE CURRENT FLOW FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE WINDOW BY THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.

110

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS P 6 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

7, 8-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED 1, 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

D16

D17

D22

F11

CODE

SEE PAGE

P10

P11

P12

P13

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE 20

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 32

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BN1

REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BP1

REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

ID2 II1 II2 BJ1 BJ2

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I2 I3

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B2 32

COWL WIRE

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I12

Brought to you by BirfMark

111

Brought to you by BirfMark

DOOR LOCK CONTROL FRO M POW ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)

10A G AUGE

3 0A FL POW ER

4 L

F11 FUSE BL O C K

6 BJ2

G −O

G− O 15 RLY

L O CK TIM ER

KEY O FF PO W ER W IN DO W

8 B

G −O

2 0 BJ1

U NLO CK TIM ER

1 4

POW ER RELA Y

L− Y G −R

W−B

W −B

B 6

W−B

LO CK 4

W−B

J8 JUNC TION CO NN ECTOR A A W −B

W−B W −B

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

W −B

11 BK1

W −B

112

1 1 BJ1 A

I12

W −B

L−Y 2 UNLO CK

1 LO CK

LO CK 3

L −B

L −Y

G−Y 2 UNLO CK

20 BK1

B 7

G −R B2

J7 JUN CTIO N CO NNECTO R

G− R

L− Y 1

W−B

W −B

W−B

1 8 B K1

W−B

U NLO CK W ARN IN G S W [IGN ITIO N S W ]

D20 D O OR KEY L O CK A ND U NLO CK SW L H

I12

3 UNLO CK

W −B

R− B

1 7 BK1 P 6 D O OR LO CK CO NT ROL SW LH [P O W ER W INDO W M ASTER SW ] L− B LO CK

R−B R−B

G−R

L −Y

B 5

UNLO CK

4 BJ1

L−Y L −B

G−R

19 BJ1 3 BJ2 7 BJ2

FR OM SEAT BEL T W ARNIN G RELAY

J2 JU NCTIO N C O N NEC TO R

D22 DO O R L O CK C ONTRO L REL AY

D21 D O OR KEY L O CK A ND U NLO CK SW RH

8 B J2

UL2 9

L− B

B 4 B4

J1 JU NCTIO N CO NNEC TO R Y A A

L2 12

D23 D O OR LO CK C O NTR OL SW R H

UL1 11 L− Y

L1 10 L− B

L− B

R−B

KSW 7

1 W−B

IG 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

R− B R −G

E23

R− B

D22 D O O R L O CK CO N TRO L R E LAY

B J1

14 D CTY

II2 FRO M D IO D E (IN TE RIO R L IG H T)

PCTY

S EC UR ITY

AC T− 3

AC T+

L SW P

13 B J1

L− R

L−R

3 BR 2

7 ID 1

L −R

B1 4

L− R

B 5

L−R

L −R

L−R

L SW D

E 16

L−O

DO U BLE O PER ATIO N CIRC UIT

BJ2 R−L

R− G

D 16 D O O R CO UR TESY S W FRON T L H

R −G

R− B

D17 DO O R C O UR TES Y SW FR O NT R H R −G

ID2

R −G

R−B

L− R 12 II1

L− W

I1 1

L−W

8 ID 1

L−R L−W

B 7 B ACK DO O R L O CK M O TO R

8 B N1

1 BT1

3 BS1

L− W

8 BP1

L−W

L− W

I1 4

L−W

B 3

D2 6 DO O R LO C K M O TO R RE AR L H L−R

D2 7 DO O R LO C K M O TO R RE AR R H L−R

L−R

L− R L−R

4 BK 1

BJ1

L −R

L− O L−O

3 BT1

L− W

7 B N1

L− W

W −B

L −W

W−B

7 BP1

1 BS1

L−W

W −B

II1

3 BK 1

L− W

W−B

L−W

L−R

1 2 BK 1

D25 D O O R L O CK M O TOR A ND D O O R U N LO C K D ETECTION SW FRO NT RH

L− W

L− R

I1 4

L− W

D24 D O O R L O CK M O TOR A ND D O O R U N LO C K D ETECTION SW FRO NT LH

W −B

2 BJ2

4 BR 2 L−W

B1 4

L−W

Brought to you by BirfMark

113

Brought to you by BirfMark

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH FL POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION TO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION TO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 9 OR 11 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO UNLOCK.

3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE TO UNLOCK THE DOORS.

4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION * OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS) WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK SW WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2 SECOND, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. AFTER CLOSING THE DOOR, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

114

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS D22 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

16-GROUND 2-GROUND 8-GROUND 3-GROUND

: ALWAYS CONTINUITY : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED * LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 10-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED 14-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN 6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 11-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 9-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 12-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] 10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER D20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH 2-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 1-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY D16, D17 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH 1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

D23

I12

D16

D24

D17

D25

D20

D26

D21

D27

D22

F11

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE 20

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 32

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BN1

REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BP1

REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BR2

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS1

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BT1

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

ID2 II1 II2 BJ1 BJ2

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

Brought to you by BirfMark

115

Brought to you by BirfMark

DOOR LOCK CONTROL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E23

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

I7 I11

COWL WIRE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

FLOOR WIRE

B5 B6

I12

I14

B14

116

SEE PAGE

Brought to you by BirfMark

AUTO ANTENNA FRO M PO W ER SO U RC E SYSTEM ( S EE PAG E 5 2 )

15A CIG

F11 FU SE B LO CK

IF1

J3 JU NC TIO N C ON NEC TO R

W−B

W −B

IF1

D OW N

2 UP

A21 AUTO AN TE NN A CO N TRO L S W

J8 JUN C T IO N C O NN EC TO R

L −Y

A IF1 W−B

L−Y

IF1

A 8 A UTO ANTENN A M O TO R

SERVICE HINTS A21 AUTO ANTENNA SW

4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

A21

CODE

SEE PAGE

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IF1

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE IE A 8

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

RIGHT KICK PANEL A21

G R AY

BLA CK

F 11

(S EE PAG E 2 0) 1 2

A A A 2

J 8

B L UE

A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A A (H IT : S EE PA G E 7 ) (HIN T : S EE PAG E 7 )

Brought to you by BirfMark

117

Brought to you by BirfMark

POWER SEAT FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PA GE 52 )

3 0 A F L P O W ER

F11 FUSE BL O CK

ID 2

L −B

Bc1

L−B

P1 4 PO W ER SE AT C O NTRO L SW (DR IVE R’ S SEA T)

P1 9 PO W ER S EAT M O TO R (D RIVER ’ S S E AT REC L IN IN G C O N TROL )

R EAR

P1 8 PO W E R SEA T M O TO R (D RIVER ’ S S EAT RE AR V ERTICAL C O N TRO L )

W−B

R−Y

P1 6 PO W ER SE AT M O TO R (DR IVE R’ S SEA T FRO NT VER TIC AL CO NTR OL )

R− W

L UM BA R SU PPO R T

P 17 P O W ER SE AT M O TO R (D RIVE R’ S SE AT L UM BAR SU PPO R T CON TRO L )

Bc1

W−B

P20 PO W ER SEAT M O TO R (DR IVER ’ S SEAT SL ID E CO N TR OL )

G−B

R EAR UP

R− L

R−B

G−L

FRO N T R

R EA R VER TIC AL

DOWN FRO N T

FR O NT V ER TICA L

DOWN UP

R EC LIN IN G

R EAR FRO N T

SLID E

G−Y

118

Brought to you by BirfMark

W −B

Brought to you by BirfMark

II2

L −B

Bj1

L− B

P1 5 PO W ER SEAT C ONTRO L SW (PASSENG ER’ S SEAT)

W −B

Bj1

W −B

P24 PO W ER S EAT M OTOR (PASSENG ER’ S S EAT SLIDE CO NTROL)

P23 PO W ER SEAT M O TO R (PASSENGER’ S SEAT REC LIN ING CO NTROL)

DOW N

P21 POW ER SEAT M OTO R (PASSE NGER ’ S S EAT FRO NT V ERTICAL CON TRO L)

G −Y

REAR V ER TICAL

R− Y

REAR UP

R− L

R− B

G−L

FRON T

W −B

FRO NT VERTICA L DOW N UP

RECLINING

REAR FRON T

SL IDE

G −B

P22 PO W ER SEAT M O TOR (PASSENGER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CO NTRO L)

3 BM 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

119

Brought to you by BirfMark

POWER SEAT SERVICE HINTS P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)

10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION 10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION 10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION 10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION 10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION 10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION 10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 10-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT FRONT OPERATION 10-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT REAR OPERATION 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT) 10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION 10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION 10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION 10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION 10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION 10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION 10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

P17

P21

P14

P18

P22

P15

P19

P23

P16

P20

P24

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

II2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BM1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

Bc1

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bl1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS CODE BF

SEE PAGE 34

GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE I4

120

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

COWL WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

Brought to you by BirfMark

ABS

Brought to you by BirfMark

121

Brought to you by BirfMark

ABS FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE P AG E 5 2) 1

60 A ABS B −W

B−W

R −L

AB S RE LA Y

A ,A 7

6 GN D +BM B

IH1 R−L

A 6

1 A

B−W

1 EA 3

B−W

2 EA3

B− W

2 B

4 B

+BS

A 4

A ,A5

A BS A CTU ATO R

2 A

4 A

3 A

1 B

5 B

4 A

S FR

SFL

1 B

3 B

2 B

5 B

3 A

1 A

G −B

G −Y

B −L B− R

SR R

4 B

W−B

B− R

R−

L−W

L− Y

BS BM

L− R

W−B

A ST

B− R W −B

E2 3 23 B

24 B MR

11 B R−

1 B SR A1 2

A , A13

13 B 26 B 18 B 6 B SFR S FL S RR AS T MT

GND

F L+

FL −

F SS

FR +

F R−

2 B

15 B

9 B

22 B

10 B

16 B

3 B

GN D

ABS E C U

(SHIEL D ED)

(SH IEL D ED ) Y

1 Bd 1

3 Bd 1

P 4 Bd 1

V 2 Bd 1

1 Be 1

2 Be 1

122

1 A 23 A BS S PEED S EN SO R FR ON T LH

Brought to you by BirfMark

W− B

A24 ABS S PEED SEN SO R FR O NT RH

G ND

Brought to you by BirfMark

10 A STOP

10 A ECU−B

1 5A ECU− IG

F11 FUS E BLO CK

IH 1

B−R

4 IG A22 ABS DECEL ER ATIO N SEN SOR

2 B

IH1 P−B

GS1

GS2

GS T

G ND

ID3

W−B

P− B

ABS 4 A

ID2

Y−R

CENTER DIFF. LOCK

B−W

B− W

B− Y

TC 11

GR− R

B− W

C10 A , C 11 B CO M BINATIO N M ETER S13 STO P L IG HT SW G− O

D 1 DATA LIN K CO NN EC TOR 1

J6 J UN CTIO N CO NN ECTO R

R−L

Y− B

J1 JUNCTIO N CON NECTOR

10 A GAUG E

FR OM PO W ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)

ID 3

ID3

TO CENTER D FF. LOCK NDICATOR SW

O 15 A

5 B TS

13 A

19 B

Y −R

Y−B

G−W

P− B

B−Y

G R− R

BR−B

6 A EXI

25 B STP

12 B BAT

12 A +B

3 A GS1

A12

10 A G S2

A , A13

G ST

ABS ECU RSS 7 A

R R−

RR +

16 A

14 A

(SHIEL D ED)

(SH IE LDED)

PKB

8 A

R−B

R L+ 9 A

RL− 1 A

I3 11

ID3

(SHIEL D ED)

1 L

B1 B RA K E FL UID L EVEL W ARN IN G SW

R −B

(SH IE LDED)

R−B

ID3

BQ2

6 BQ2

2 BQ2

BQ2

2 9

(SHIEL D ED)

(SH IE LDED)

ID2

B3 1

Bh1

5 Bh1

2 Bh1

Y− G

(SHIEL D ED)

(SH IE LDED)

Bh1

1 Bg1

2 Bg1

B2 4 1

Bf1

A2 5 ABS SPEED SEN SOR REAR L H

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W−B

A R−W

4 Bh1

W−B

BQ2

P4 PARKI NG BRAKE SW

I12 WB

W−B

IDE

BR−B

ID 3

A2 6 ABS S PEED SENSO R R EAR RH

Brought to you by BirfMark

123

Brought to you by BirfMark

ABS SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL. LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNAL (1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE TOP SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED. (3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE SW IS ON. (4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINAL GS1, GS2 AND GST OF THE ABS ECU. (5) TRANSFER CONTROL SIGNAL WHILE THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS IN L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW DETECTS A SIGNAL OF CENTER DIFF. LOCK AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL EXI OF THE ABS ECU.

2. SYSTEM OPERATION (TRANSFER L4 POSITION) WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. IS LOCKED, THEN THE ABS IS NOT IN OPERATION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT IS LIGHTED UP. (TRANSFER EXCEPT L4 POSITION) DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND CAUSES THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME, AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE, REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASED ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND IMPROVE STEERABILTY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

SERVICE HINTS A12 (A) , A13 (B) ABS ECU

(CONNECTOR THE ECU CONNECTOR) (A) 15-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TS-E1 NOT CONNECTED (B) 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC-E1 NOT CONNECTED (B) 1-GROUND : (B) 6-GROUND : (B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF (B) 26-GROUND : (B) 13-GROUND : (B) 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (B) 15-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (B) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A) 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (B) 25-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW ON (DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR) (B) 1-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω (B) 13-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω (B) 26-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω (B) 9-(B) 22 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ (B) 16-(B) 3 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ (B) 11- (B) 24 : 60-100 Ω (B) 23-(B) 24 : 50-80 Ω (A) 1-(A) 9 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ (A) 16-(A) 8 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ

124

Brought to you by BirfMark

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

A23

A24

F11

A25

A26

A12

A13

C10

C11

S13

A22

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA3

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID2 ID3 IH1

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

BQ2

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

Bd1

COWL WIRE AND SPEED CONTROL SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

Be1

SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bf1

FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bg1

FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)

Bh1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

E23

I3 I5

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

B24

FLAME NO. 2 WIRE

B31

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

I12 COWL WIRE

SEE PAGE

Brought to you by BirfMark

125

Brought to you by BirfMark

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU-IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP TO INDICATE THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATION WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 36 KM/H, 22 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VAVLE AND RETURN THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROL UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR MOTOR TURNS OFF, THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ PLACING THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION. “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU” ∗ DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU” ∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU” ∗ PUSH THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF) “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”

126

Brought to you by BirfMark

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON. ∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION. ∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL. ∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW. ∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT. B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE. ∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION ∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4 KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED. ∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH), THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, AND OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS. ∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, SO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU CHANGES THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL. TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE, ETC.), LOCK-UP RELEASE OF THE TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

SERVICE HINTS C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1-3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ 5-4 : APPROX. 38.5 Ω C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 15-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 20-GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT 18-GROUND : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACC SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW 4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW 13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

Brought to you by BirfMark

127

Brought to you by BirfMark

CRUISE CONTROL FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52 ) 1

1 0 A E CU − B 2

I1 2 IG NIT IO N SW

ST1

AC C

F1 1 FU SE B LO C K

B− W

1 0 A S TO P

15 A E CU −IG

1 0 A G A UG E

AM 1

G −O

11 C G−W

CCS C1 7 CR UISE CO NTR OL ECU

VR3

V R2

VR1 24

S PD

N& C

STP−

G −W

R ES UM E / A CC EL 20

C 4 C R UISE CO N TRO L AC TUA TO R

A BR

W −B

W−B

I12

128

W −B

SET/ C O AST

C15 C RU ISE C ON TR O L SW [C O M B. SW ]

M A IN

3 C CS

C ANC EL

CMS

G−W

R −G

S1 3 C RUIS E C O N TRO L STO P SW [ST OP L IG HT SW ]

L −R

Y− G

Y− L

B− G

Y−R

B ATT

G−W

CMS 4

B− W

5 PI

L −W

23 IDL

Brought to you by BirfMark

J2 J UNC TIO N C O NN EC TO R

TO S TO P L IG HTS

GND 13

IH 1

ECT

G −R

8 B

B− R

IH2

S PD

G−Y

G −W

IH 1

C1 3 C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R

ID L

9 A

B −Y

B −W

A C 10 C R UIS E CO N TOR L IND ICA TO R LIGH T [CO M B. M ETER]

18 D

G−O

J6 JU NCTIO N CO NN EC TO R

C ,E 7

A ,E 5

E NG INE C O NTR O L M O D UL E

R− Y

E 4

OD1

D 1 D ATA L IN K CO N NEC TO R 1 B− Y

A J1 JU NC TIO N C ON NE CT O R

Brought to you by BirfMark

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C10

C13

C15

C17

CODE

SEE PAGE

I12

S13

F11

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

IH1

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IH2

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I5 C 4

1 3

C 10

GRAY

SEE PAGE

I12

COWL WIRE

CODE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

C1 3

G RAY

5 7

C1 5 BL AC K

X X

X X 15

C 17

X 20

14 15 16

D 1

G RAY

X X 8

9 10 1 1 12 1 3

X 18 X 20 X 2 2 23 2 4 25

X X

E 5

D AR K G RAY

1 X

BLACK

A A A

X 11

F11

DAR K GR AY

(S EE PAG E 20 )

I1 2

E 7

DA RK G RAY

X X

E 4

BL ACK

BLU E

A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A A

S1 3

B B 1

B B B B B (H INT : SEE PAG E 7)

(HIN T : S EE PAGE 7 )

BLA CK

2 4

(HINT : SEE PA GE 7)

Brought to you by BirfMark

129

Brought to you by BirfMark

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION W

A CC IG 1 2

B−Y

S T1 1

B−W

IG 2 6

B −R

B− Y

4 AM1

FR O M P O W E R S O U R CE SYS TEM (S EE P A GE 5 2)

I1 2 IG N ITIO N S W

3 E C1 1

15 A EFI

F11 FU SE BLOCK

3 EA2

W −R

6 E A2

3 EA 3

B−R

1 0A S TO P

W −R

11 AM2

2 2

T 2 T R A NS FER L 4 P O SITIO N SW

2 2

50A AM1

1 B− L

R−Y

G−O

2 2 2

Y− R IH 1

IH1

12 D M RL Y

22 D +B

B−L

3 D

G−W

22 2

4 E C1

7 EA2

B−W

Y− R

EFI M A IN RE L AY

B− L

S1 3 STO P LIG HT SW

1 EB1

14 D NSW

9 D S TP

O D1

W−R

B−L

18 D

SP 2 +

SP 2 −

2 B

8 B

S1 10 A

S2 9 A

SL 8 A

E 4

A ,E 5

C ,E 6

B ,E 7

V−G

R−Y

R− L

5 E C2

4 EC2

1 EC2

2 EC 2

3 EC 2

V− G

B ATTE RY

130

C1 7 CR U IS E C ON TR O L EC U

R− Y

R −L

NO. 1

NO. 2

NO. 3

V 2 V E HIC L E S PE ED SEN SO R (EL EC TR O N IC A LL Y CO N TRO L LE D TR AN S M IS SIO N)

G−O

F L AM 1 1 . 2 5B

1 B

1 A

F L AM 2 0 . 3P

1 C FL M A IN 2 . 0L

A ,F 7 F6

FUS IBL E LIN K

B ,F 8

E NG IN E C O N TR O L M O D U LE

E 2 EL EC TR O N ICA L LY C O N TR O L L ED TR AN SM IS SIO N SO L EN O ID

Brought to you by BirfMark

AND A/T INDICATOR Y

E18

B− Y

IH1

B− Y

7 . 5 A IGN

15A ECU−IG

1 0A G AUGE

B− L

J6 JUN CTIO N CONNECTOR B−W B− W

J1 JUN CTIO N CONNECTOR Y Y

J4 JUNCTIO N CO NNEC TOR B B

P− B

I12

P− B

F11 FUSE BL OCK

B− R

ID2

L−W

ID3 ID 2

B−W

2 2 ˙

E9 ELECTR ONICALL Y CO NTRO LLED TRAN SMISSIO N PATTERN SELECT SW

PW R

P −B

P− B

6 6 ID3

11 IH 2

1 D

3 A IG SW

20 D

A ,E 5

C ,E6

B ,E 7

8 D PW R

HO LD

SPD

ENG IN E CO NTRO L M O DULE

VTA

10 C

VCC

E0 3

1 C

E02

E01

16 A

26 A

13 A BR

ID L 11 C

G −Y

E2 9 C

O IL 12 C

R− W

TH W 4 C

R− W

THG 19 A

24 A

B R−B

R− G

G −B

G −W

BR− B 1

I18

BR−B

BR −B

A3 A /T FLUID TEM P. SENSO R

E3 E NGINE CO OLA NT TEM P. SENSO R

E16

IDL

VTA

VC T1 THR OTTL E PO S ITIO N SEN SO R

BR− B

BR−B

E 1 E GR GAS TEM P. SENSO R

I18 1

E16

BR− B

E20

B R−B

1 E2

Brought to you by BirfMark

131

Brought to you by BirfMark

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION Y

P 1 A/T INDIC ATO R SW [PAR K/N EU TR A L P OS ITIO N SW ]

4 B

B− O

IH2

IH 2

O 2

IH 2

G−W

IH 2

R− W

L− W

IH 1

B−O

R −B 7

R−B

IH2

R−L

G −R

R− W

R−L

P−B

G −W

I12

R− B

TO BAC K− U P LIG HT

R− B

R −L P− B

R− L

R−B

R− W

B−O

G −W

8 A

9 B

3 A

13 B

3 B

4 B

5 B

7 B

10 B

11 B

PW R

2nd STR T

A/T P

Y−L

P−L

21 D

7 A

8 B

12 B

1 A

C12

B , C 13

6 B

C O M BINA TIO N M ETER

Y− L O 4 O /D M AIN SW

J7 JU N CTIO N C O NN EC TO R

P− L

R− W

12 IH 2

BR R− W

A W−B

W −B

132

Y− L TO TRAN SFER N EUTR AL PO SITIO N SW

P −L

P− L

R −W

ID2

I11

P−L 22

L−W

TFN

HI 18 A

R−L

O /D O FF

O D2 19 D

A ,E 5

C ,E 6

15 D 2

R− L

16 D L

ENG INE CO N TR O L M O D ULE

17 D

B ,E 7

I12

Brought to you by BirfMark

AND A/T INDICATOR SYSTEM OUTLINE PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE GOVERNOR PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP PRESSURE THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. THE CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2, SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK-UP OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK-UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK-UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK-UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK-UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK-UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT * O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FROM THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT IF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, AND FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.

6. TRANSFER SHIFT OPERATION WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, A SIGNAL FROM TRANSFER L4 POSITION SW IS INPUT TO THE TERMINAL L4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THEN SHIFT TO L4 OCCURS.

Brought to you by BirfMark

133

Brought to you by BirfMark

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SERVICE HINTS E 4 (A) , E 5 (C) , E 6 (B) , E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

STP

: 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED TFN -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT N POSITION 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT N POSITION OD2 -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF OD1 -GND : 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON SP2+ -SP2- : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING SPD -GND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING IDL -GND : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN VTA -GND : 3.5- 4.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 2.5- 3.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN 2 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 POSITION L -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L POSITION R -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R POSITION PWR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORMAL POSITION L4 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT L4 POSITION 0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT L4 POSITION E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 1, 2, 3-GROUND : 11- 15 Ω E 9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 3-6 : CLOSED WITH THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION O 4 O/D MAIN SW 2-4 : OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT ON POSITION CLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT OFF POSITION

134

-GND

Brought to you by BirfMark

AND A/T INDICATOR : PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE E7

SEE PAGE D

CODE

SEE PAGE

C12

C13

C17

S13

F11

I12

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA2 EA3 EB1

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

EC1 EC2 ID2 ID3 IH1 IH2

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

KEFT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E16 E18

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I9 30

ENGINE WIRE

E20 I4

CODE I11

COWL WIRE

ENGINE WIRE

I12 32

COWL WIRE

I18

Brought to you by BirfMark

135

Brought to you by BirfMark

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

136

Brought to you by BirfMark

AND A/T INDICATOR

Brought to you by BirfMark

137

Brought to you by BirfMark

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 1 2 0A DE FO G

F1 1 FU SE BL O C K

1 10A G A UG E

FR O M PO W E R SO U RCE S YSTEM (SE E PA G E 52 )

L−O

A J 1 JUN CTIO N CO N NE CTO R

1 B J4 JU N CTI O N C O NNE CTO R

D EFO G R ELA Y

L−Y

ID 2

L− Y

IF1

2 BR2 11 IF1

L− O 2

L−O

L− Y

2 BS1 L −G

R 5 R EAR W IN DO W D EFO G G ER S W

2 BT1

IF1

1 BU1

W−B

W −B

1 A R1 7 , A

, R1 8 B

RE AR W IND O W DE FO G G ER

J8 JU N CTIO N C O NNE C TO R

1 B

W−B

1 BS2

W−B

2 BT2

W−B

4 B R1

138

Brought to you by BirfMark

1 BX1

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS DEFOG RELAY (1) 4 - (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW ON R 5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 2, 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

CODE

SEE PAGE

J8 R5 R17

CODE

R18

SEE PAGE B

25 A

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BACK DOOR NO NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BU1

REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BX1

REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)

BR1 BR2 BS1 BS2 BT1 BT2

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

F 11

J 1

J 4

J 8

(S E E P A G E 2 0 )

A A A A

A A

B B B B

BLUE

A A

A A A A A A A (H IN T : S E E P AG E 7 )

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

R 5

BLACK

R 17

A , R 18

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

BLAC K

1 2 3

Brought to you by BirfMark

139

Brought to you by BirfMark

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING * 1 : W / POW ER SE AT * 2 : W /O POW ER SEAT FROM PO W ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52) 1

10 A GAUG E

10A DOM E

3 2

F11 FUSE B LO C K

L− Y

L−Y

3 EA3

J3 J UNCTION C ONNECTOR

A G

J1 JUNC TION CO N NECTO R

L−Y

C1 0 SEAT BELT W ARNING LIGHT [CO M B. M ETER]

S3 SEAT BELT W AR NING REALY

BUZZER

L− SW

E 1

W−B

BKL 4

R− B

CTY 8

ID2 G

ID2

R− B 9

A I1 2 UNL OCK W ARNING SW [IGNITIO N SW ]

I12

A J7 JU NCTIO N CO NNECTO R A

140

J2 JU NCTIO N CON NE C TO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

3 B c 1 (* 1) 3 B j 1 (* 2)

FRO M DOO R LO CK CON TROL RELAY

W −B

R− B

G 1

W −B

B8 BUC KLE SW LH

D16 DO OR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

R− B

2 B c 1 (* 1) 2 B j 1 (* 2)

W−B

W −B

R−B

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT, TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH. IF SEAT BELT IS NOT FASTENED AT THIS TIME (THE BUCKLE SW IS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH TO TERMINAL 2 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL FROM THE BUCKLE SW LH IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND SOUNDING SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER FOR 4 TO 8 SECONDS. IF THE SEAT BELT IS FASTENED (THE BUCKLE SW LH IS OFF) WHILE THE BUZZER SOUNDS, THE RELAY GROUND IS CUT, THE BUZZER STOP AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF.

UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO OFF AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (THE DOOR COURTESY SW IS ON) WHILE THE KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (THE UNLOCK WARNING SW IS ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT FROM THE DOME FUSE TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, SOUNDING UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER.

SERVICE HINTS B 8 BUCKLE SW LH

1-2 : OPEN WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN S 3 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY

1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 4-GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 9-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] 10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

I12

C10

D16

F11

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA3

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

Bc1

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bj1

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

CODE I12

Brought to you by BirfMark

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

141

Brought to you by BirfMark

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

142

Brought to you by BirfMark

SRS NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble

codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the

negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back-up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated). When the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system. When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back-up power supply from outside the vehicle.

When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface

facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care not to damage the connector. (Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)

Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing the airbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.

Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high humidity and away from electrical noise.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly airbag sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.

Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.

Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors. After evaluating whether the airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the airbag sensor assembly.)

When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high-impedance (Min. 10KΩ/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly. The

vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as are the connectors.

Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs. (It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)

If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness

assembly. When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be replaced alone (when there is no damage to the wire harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose. (Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)

INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.

143 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

SRS The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below: 1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plate automatically connects the power source and grounding terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference between the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM This mechanism is designed to electrically check if connectors are connected properly and completely. The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so that the connection detection pin connects with the diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in the locked condition.

144 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

3. CONNECTOR TWIN-LOCK MECHANISM With this mechanism connectors (male and female connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs interfere and prevent the secondary lock.

145 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

SRS 1

7. 5A IG N

15 A C IG

1 0A EC U − B

FROM P OW ER SO UR C E S YS TEM (SEE P AG E 52 )

B−R

F 11 F USE BLO C K

2 C1 0 SR S W AR NING LIG H T [C O M B. M E TE R]

B− L

A J3 JUN CTIO N CO NN EC TO R

3 W−L

IG 2

A CC

1 A

2 A

P+

P−

D+

D−

W−R

B− R

D 1 D ATA LIN K CO N NEC TO R 1

E1 5

SP IR AL CAB L E

IH 1

IH1

W−L

A 17 A IRB AG SE NSO R ASSEM B LY

B− Y

A ,S 7

2 B

W−L

4 A

S 6

1 B

B− L

3 A

4 B

B− Y

SH OR T C ON N ECTO R (SRS ) W−L W−L

3 B

B A ,S 5 S 4

SH OR T C ON N ECTO R (SRS ) B −W

A1 8 AIR BAG SQ UIB (FR O NT PASS ENG E R’ S A IRBA G AS SE M BL Y)

A1 9 AIRB AG SQ UIB (S TE E RIN G W HE EL P AD)

2 A

1 A

S 4

A ,S5

SHO R T CO NN EC TO R (SRS ) BR

2 B

W−B

I12

1 B BR

146 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

SYSTEM OUTLINE THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON. THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE ASSEMBLY. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY THE SENSOR IN THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON), THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TO TERMINALS 4 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 3 AND 1 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5, TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND. WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A DRIVER. SIMULTANEOUSLY, THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A PASSENGER.

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

A17

A18

F11

A19

C10

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IH1

SEE PAGE 32

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE I6

SEE PAGE 32

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

147 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

SRS

148 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

MEMO

149 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

CENTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK 1

10A G AU G E

30 A DIFF

FRO M PO W ER SO UR CE SY STE M (SE E PAG E 5 2 )

* 1 : C EN TE R DIFF. L OC K * 2 : A /T P

F11 FUS E B L O CK

L−B

B J4 JU N CTIO N CO NN ECTO R

IF1

Y E18

T2 TRAN SFER L 4 PO SIT IO N SW

IH 2 R− L

4 EC 1 B− L

7 C

24 IH1

B−L

I11

B− L 7

P− B

Y− L

2 B

IF1

8 C

(* 2)

(* 1 )

B , C 13

B −L

Y C 1 0 ,AC 11

5 A C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R

10 B

3 EC 1

I11

Y−L

P −B

9 L4

C 5

2 E 7 EN G INE C O NTR O L M O D UL E

T 3 TR ANS FER N EU TR AL PO S ITI O N SW

W −B

150

G−Y

IH 1

1 2 EC 1

7 EC1

1 1 E C1

I12

W−B

1 0 EC 1

G−Y

IH1 G

IH 1 G−B

G−B

IH1 G−R

W−B

8 EC1

W−B E2 2 W −B

W −B

G−R

4 C 1 CE NTER D IFF. L O CK C O NTR O L M O TO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

J2 JU N C TIO N C O NNEC TO R

2 C 2 CE NTER D IFF. L O CK INDIC AT O R SW

W−B

Y− G

W −B

2 EC 1

W−B

Y−G

G−Y

16 IH 2

TFN

G−B

G−R

C EN TER D IFF. L OC K C O NTR O L RE L AY

B− L 1

Y− G

Y− B

1 E C1

D 28 D IO D E ( N EUT R AL DE TEC TIO N )

IH1 Y− B

FRO M A BS EC U

P− B

Y−L

L− B

S1 0 SH O RT PIN (CE N TER D IFF. LO C K)

P 1 A /T INDIC ATO R S W [P A RK/N EU TRAL PO SITIO N SW ] R−L

J1 JU N CTIO N CO N NECTO R

IH1 Y

6 A

M IE

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS C5 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL RELAY

3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE CONTROL LEVER AT L4 POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

C1 C2 C5 C10 C11 C13

CODE

22 22 24 24 24 24

A B C

SEE PAGE

D28 E7 F11 J1 J2 J4

CODE

24 24 25 25 25 25

SEE PAGE

P1 S10 T2 T3

23 25 23 23

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

EC1 IF1 IH1 IH2

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

30 32

ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

EC ID IE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

30 32 32

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER LEFT KICK PANEL RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

E18

ENGINE WIRE

I11

E22

TRANSMISSION WIRE

I12

COWL WIRE

C 1

C 2

C11

COWL WIRE

C10

C1 3

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

C 5

G R AY

B LU E

SEE PAGE

G R AY

E 7

7 8

D AR K G R AY

F11

A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A A

(S EE P AG E 2 0 )

B LU E

B B B B B B B

A A A (HIN T : SE E PA G E 7)

(H IN T : S E E PAG E 7 )

(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)

P 1

X 7

S1 0

G RA Y

X 7

G R AY

X 10 1

Brought to you by BirfMark

151

Brought to you by BirfMark

FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FR O M PO W E R SO U RC E SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 5 2)

3 0 A D IFF

F11 FU S E BL O CK

L− B

FR ON T/R EAR

REA R

R−B

D 4 D IFF. LO CK C O NTR OL SW

B− G

L −B

L−B

6 R

RF D 5 D IFF. L O CK EC U

L −B

L −Y

2 B b1

1 B b1

4 B b1

3 B b1

L−B

L−Y

REL 3 16

REL 4 14

L−R

M3 7

L− G

M4 5

W −B

GND 13

F1 2 FRO NT DIF F . L O C K C ONTR O L M O TO R

W−B

W −B

W−B

6 B b1

A W−B

J8 JU N CTIO N CO N N ECTO R

W−B

152

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

10A GAUGE

FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)

F11 FUSE BLOCK

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L−W A

C10 A

Y 1 C

G−O

G−B

G−Y

C13 C

G−R

W 3

C11 B

COMBINATION METER

FRONT DIFF. LOCK C

BR 1

P−B

CENTER DIFF. LOCK

REAR DIFF. LOCK

15 P−B I6 G−R

ID1

I14

ID1

G−B

G−Y

1 BQ1

2 BQ1

5 BQ1

6 BQ1

G−R R11 REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW

W−B

W−B Bh2

W−B

EC1

W−B

EC1

1 CENTER DIFF. LOCK

B25

Bb1

G−R

Y−W

Bh2

C2 CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW

R10 REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR

Y−B

3 IH1

W−B

BQ1

F13 FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW

G−Y

W−B

G−B

Bh2

G−L

Y−W

Bh2

ID1

G−Y

G−B

G−L

2 Bh2

P−B

G−O

Brought to you by BirfMark

153

Brought to you by BirfMark

FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM FREES OR LOCKS THE FRONT AND REAR DIFFERENTIALS ACCORDING TO THE POSITION OF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW. THE DIFFERENTIAL WILL LOCK ONLY WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS ON AND THE VEHICLE SPEED IS AT 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR LESS. WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS OFF, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DOES NOT OCCUR EVEN IF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS IN RR POSITION OR FR RR POSITION. WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM OFF POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER. WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO FR RR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER. WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM FR RR POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREE THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL. THIS CAUSES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER TO TURN OFF. WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO OFF POSITION, CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOW FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREES THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL IS FREE, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER ARE TURNED OFF. THE DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHEN: ∗ THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED TO RR POSITION OR FR RR POSITION DURING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PROHIBITION CONDITIONS (VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW OFF). ∗ THE DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW IS TURNED OFF DURING OPERATION OF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR.

SERVICE HINTS D 4 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW

4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW AT “RR” POSITION OR “FR RR” POSITION 4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK SW AT “FR RR” POSITION D 5 DIFF. LOCK ECU (DISCONNECTED WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU) 13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 4-GROUND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING 8-GROUND : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON 2-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF 9-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF 15-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF F12, R10 FRONT, REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR 2-3 : 0.3-100

154

Brought to you by BirfMark

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

C10

F11

R10

C11

F12

R11

C13

F13

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EC1

ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

ID1

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IH1

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

BQ1

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

Bb1

COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

Bh2

FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I2 I5 I6

COWL WIRE

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I14

COWL WIRE

FRAME WIRE

B25

FLAME NO. 2 WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

155

Brought to you by BirfMark

RADIO AND PLAYER FRO M PO W E R SO U RC E SY STEM (S EE PAG E 5 2)

1 0A G AUG E

15 A C IG

F11 FUSE BL O C K

ACC RR −

RR +

3 B

1 B

GR (* 1)

R−B

(* 1)

II2

(* 1)

(* 3 )

Y 8

(* 3 ) 14

AM P+ W 6 W O OFER AM PL IFIER

R L−

RL +

ID 1

ID 1 17

W F−

W F+

R R+

RR−

II1

R B2 2 W R

B1 4

B2 2

5 BN 1

6 BN 1

1 BW 1

(* 3 )

(* 3)

B2 2

(* 3 )

5 BP 1

6 BP 1

B 3 BM 1

B1 4

Y (* 3)

(* 3 )

L G −B

(* 3) (* 3 )

LG − R

(* 3 )

II1

B2 2

R W−B

GND

W−B

(* 1) I1 5

(* 3)

156

R 12 R EA R D O OR S PEAKER LH

Brought to you by BirfMark

(* 3 )

R 23 R O OF SP EAKER LH

2 BW1

( * 3)

(* 3 )

W 5 W O O FER (S PEAK ER )

W−B

W −B

7 BR1 (* 3 )

6 BR 1 (* 3 )

J7 JUN C TIO N CO NNECTO R

I15 (* 3)

(* 3)

R− B 3

(* 1)

(* 3)

II1 Y

II1

GR (* 1)

(* 2) (* 3 )

R−B 15

(* 1)

(* 3 )

II1

R−B

(* 1)

I1 4

R−B

R− B

I14

(* 2)

RL+ 2 B

(* 2)

R L− 6 B

R−B

AM P 9 A

(* 2)

3 A

C1 6 CO O L ING FAN (R ADIO AND P LA YER)

R3 B

(* 2)

J 3 J UN CTION C O NN EC TO R

J4 JU NC TIO N C O NNE CTO R

R 1

RA DIO AND PLAY ER

R 24 R O OF S PEA KER RH

R1 3 REAR DO O R SP EAKER R H

R (* 1)

Brought to you by BirfMark

*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER *2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER *3 : 9 SPEAKER (W/ CD) FROM POW ER SOUR CE SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52) 1

10A DOM E

L−Y

3 EA1

R3 B

L−Y

RADIO AND PLAYER

B J3 JUN CTION CO NNECTO R L−Y

(* 2)

R−B

(* 1)

R2 RAD IO AND PLAYER 1

10 A GR

(* 1)

R−B

(* 1)

(* 1) P

I10

(* 1) L

(* 3)

7 BK1

B−L

1 B AM P+

4 B

LG − R

12 A RL−

M UTE

5 B

5 A RL+

FL+

6 B

11 A RR−

FR+

7 B

4 A RR+

S GND

12 B

8 A FL −

BEEP

13 B

3 A FL +

RL+

14 B

7 A FR−

RR+

15 B

STEREO COM PONE NT AMPLIFIER

8 B K1

3 B

2 A FR+

LG (* 1)

S11 A , S 12 B

7 BJ1

(* 3)

L 8 BJ1

(* 1) I14

(* 3)

I1 4

+B ACC

(* 1 ) 4

(* 1 )

AM P +

ACC

(SHIELD ED)

I10

1 A ACC

(* 1 ) 6

G (* 1 )

L (* 1 )

R (* 1 )

W (* 1 )

Y (* 1 )

BR (* 1 )

M UT E

FL +

FR +

S G ND

BE EP

RL +

RR +

(SHIELDED)

GND

11 B

I14

I10 W −B

4 A

W −B

7 A

(* 1)

1 A

L−Y

5 A

2 A

6 A

(* 2)

GND

FR+

(* 2)

FR−

FL +

(* 2)

FL−

(* 2 )

G ND

GND

BR 1 2 F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

2 1 F9 FRONT SPEAKER L H

1 2 F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

(* 1)

(* 2)

(* 3)

9 A

2 1 F10 FRO NT SPEA KER RH IE

Brought to you by BirfMark

157

Brought to you by BirfMark

RADIO AND PLAYER SERVICE HINTS R 1 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER

(A) 4-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (A) 7-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY S11 (A) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER (A) 1-GROUND : APPOX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (A) 10-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

C16

F10

F11

F14

F15

CODE

SEE PAGE

J4 J7 R1 R2 B

SEE PAGE

R23

25 A

CODE

R24

S11

S12

R12

R13

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

ID1

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 II2 BJ1

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BM1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

BN1

REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BP1

REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1

LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BW1

ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I9 I10 I14

158

COWL WIRE

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I15

COWL WIRE

B14

FLOOR WIRE

B22

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

159

Brought to you by BirfMark

REAR HEATER FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )

2 0A R EAR − HTR

10A G A UG E

L−W

F11 FUS E BLO CK

2 II2

J4 JU N C TIO N C O N N E CTO R

L− W

R4 R EAR H EATER SW

II2

HI 1

II2

W−B

L− B

W−B

L− Y

R1 5 RE AR HEA TE R RE L AY

L− Y

L −W

L− B

L −W

B21

1 M

R14 R EAR HEA TE R

BM1 A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W−B

W −B

160

Brought to you by BirfMark

SERVICE HINTS R 4 REAR HEATER SW

2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT LO POSITION 4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT HI POSITION R15 REAR HEATER RELAY 4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F11

R14

R15

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

II2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BM1

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

LEFT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE B21

SEE PAGE 36 F1 1

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE J 4

J 7

B L UE

R 4

A A

A A A A

A A A

1 2 4 5

A A A

(S E E P A G E 2 0 ) B B B B B

B B

BLACK

R14

1 2

(HIN T : S E E P A G E 7 ) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

R15

Brought to you by BirfMark

161

Brought to you by BirfMark

COMBINATION METER FR OM POW ER SOURCE SY STEM (SEE PAGE 52)

FROM PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW

F11 FUSE B LOCK

Y A

,C12 D

5 B

3 C

, C13 C

SPEEDOM ETER

VOLT

OIL

OIL LEVEL

BULB CHECK RELAY

3 EA4

R− O 1

R− O

1 EA4 6 EC1

(SHIELDED)

2 Ea 1

R− G

E11

3 1 EY1

3 EY1

2 BR

1 B

V1 VEH ICLE SPEED SENSOR (CO MBINATION METER)

E12 (SHIELDED)

,O3 O2

1 A

N2 NOISE FILTER (OIL PRESSURE SENDER)

4 BO 1

E13 1 Ea 1

W −B

162

IH1

P 1

2 F1 8 FUEL SENDER [FUEL PUM P]

E10

OIL PRESSURE SENDER

Y−R 4

O1 OIL LEVEL W ARNIN G SW

4 C

7 IH2

1 BO 1

BR 2 BO1

11 B

3 EC1

1 C

Y−R Y −R

1 8 ID2

5 ID2

6 A

3 B (SHIELDED)

14 C

6 IH1

11 C R

DEL AY

R−G

FUEL

,C11 B

COMBINATION M ETER

C10

L− W

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5 A

TACHO

B−R

J4 JUNCTION CONNEC TOR

FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM DIFF. LOCK ECU

10A GAUGE

9 EC1

3 Ea 1 BR BR

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

B O ILW

TACO

BR 5

J2 JU N CT IO N CO N N E CTO R

2 3

1 1 EC 1

Brought to you by BirfMark TO SEAT BELT W A RN IN G R ELA Y

IH 1 6 B 9 A 4 A 10 A

G−Y

W−B

2 B

Y− R

10 B

TO AB S ECU

, C13 C G −Y

COM BINATION METER

G −B

7 . 5A IG N

FR O M H AZA RD S W AND TU RN SIG N AL SW [CO M B. SW ]

TUR N R H

TU RN L H

SEAT BEL T

A BS

C RU IS E

M AL FUNC TIO N IN DICA TO R L A MP

CEN TER DIFF. L O CK

,C12 D

TO C RU ISE CO N TR O L EC U

1 A ,C11 B

P− B

W ATER TEM P.

BR AKE

C10 ,A

TO EN G IN E C O NTRO L M OD UL E

R−B

B− L

F1 1 FUS E BL O CK

J7 JU N CT IO N C ON NE CTO R

W−B

1 ID2 Y− B

Y− L

A/T O IL TEM P.

CHAR G E

TO SEN TER D IFF. L O CK IN DICA TO R S W

Y− B

I6 G−R

8 A

Y− L

13 C

7 A

R− B

4 EA3

P 4 PA RKIN G BRA K E SW R−W

B 1 BR AKE FL U ID L E VEL W AR NIN G S W

7 B

W 3 W ATER TEM P. SE NDE R

W −B

E7 E NG INE C O NTR O L M O DU LE

TO G E NE RATO R

Y− L

Brought to you by BirfMark

FR O M PO W ER SO U R CE SY STEM (S EE PAG E 52) 1

Y Y

8 B 9 B

1 B

R−B IH 1 A

W−B

163

Brought to you by BirfMark

COMBINATION METER FRO M P O W ER S O U RC E SY S TEM (SEE PA G E 5 2) 1

1 0A EC U− B

1 5A HE AD (RH )

10 A DO M E

3 E A1

5 EA 2

2 G

R −W

L −Y

F11 FU SE BL O CK

1 5A T AIL

B B

15 C

9 C

10 C

2 A

6 C

H IG H BEA M

R EAR D IFF. LO C K

FR O N T D IFF. LO C K

C O M B IN ATIO N M E TE R

5 C

2 C

8 C

3 A

A /T P

S RS

D , C13

R −W A , C11

C 12

DO O R

12 D

R− L

12 B

7 C D28 D IO DE (N EU TR A L DE TECTIO N) Y− L Y− L

8 D

C 10

16 C

2 ˙ STRT

O /D OFF

9 D

B L− Y

J3 J U N CTIO N C O N N EC TO R

J 1 J UN C TIO N CO N NEC TO R

M E TER ILL U M INA TIO N

B− R

L−Y

W−L

R−Y

G−R

R− W

P−L

IH 2 Y−G

W−G

2 E C1

Y− G

TO AIR B AG SEN SO R ASS EM BL Y

T O L IG HT C ON TRO L S W [C O M B. SW ]

TO RE AR D IFF. LO C K PO S ITIO N S W

TO FR ON T D IFF. LO C K P O SITIO N SW

TO D OO R C O U R TE SY SW

TO ENG IN E CO N TRO L M O D U LE

TO O/D M A IN SW

TO TR AN SFE R N EU TR AL P O SITIO N SW A J 5 JUN C T IO N CO N NE C TO R

W−G

W −G

R 7 R H EO S TA T 3

2 L

164

Brought to you by BirfMark

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

IH 1

IH 2

G −R

B− O

R−W

R −B

IH 2

G −W

10 D

11 D

2 D

C10

A , C11

P 6 D

, C12 D , C1 3

A /T IN D IC A TO R IL L U M IN A TIO N

7 D

B− O

5 D

R−W

3 D

R −L

13 D

PW R

4 D

R− L

P− B

R−L

R−B

R −L

R−L

FR O M E L E C TR O N IC A L LY C O N TR O L L E D TR A N SM ISS IO N PA TT ER N S E L E C T S W

FR O M A/T IN D IC A TO R S W

1 D

W−B

W −G

C O M BIN A TIO N M E TER

J 7 JU NC TIO N C O N N E C TO R A A

W −B

W −G

W −B

W −B I12

J 2 J U N C TIO N C O N N E C TO R

W −B

Brought to you by BirfMark

165

Brought to you by BirfMark

COMBINATION METER SERVICE HINTS B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW

1-2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN C10 (A) , C11 (B) , C12 (D) , C13 (C) COMBINATION METER

(C) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 5, (C) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A) 1, (B) 1, (C) 1, (D) 6-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW

1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

CODE

SEE PAGE

F18

CODE

SEE PAGE

C10

C11

C12

C13

D28

F11

N 2

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2

SEE PAGE 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 EA2

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

EA4

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

EC1

ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

EY1

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

Ea1

TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)

ID2

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

EA3

IH1 IH2 BO1

: GROUND POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION

AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

LEFT KICK PANEL

RIGHT KICK PANEL

UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E10 E11 E12

166

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E13

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

COWL WIRE

Brought to you by BirfMark

167

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION THE CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY FROM THE FL HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY, AND TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. * LOW SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT LOW SPEED. * HIGH SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B) 13 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED. * MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2) WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL (B) 9 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM LOW SPEED. WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL (B) 10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM HI SPEED. THE CURRENT TO THE BLOWER MOTORS AT THIS TIME IS STRONGER THAN IT WAS FOR THE M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTORS OPERATES FASTER FOR M2 THAN IT DOES FOR M1.

2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 18 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 19 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

168

Brought to you by BirfMark

3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW ON THE CONTROL SW WHICH IS ON. WHEN THE FOOT SW OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DEF POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 4 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES TO DEF POSITION. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE SIGNAL TO THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS. SWITCHING TO OTHER MOVEMENT IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS: 1. FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 14 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. 2. BI-LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. 3. FOOT POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. 4. FOOT/DEF POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 11 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW.

4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS 11 AND 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW AND FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. THIS VOLTAGE IS KEPT AT A FIXED LEVEL BY THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS MOVED TO ’COOL’, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM TERMINAL (B) 3 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW CHANGES. AT THIS TIME, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER COMPARES THE VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, AND THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CHANGES TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE. THEN WHEN THE VOLTAGE FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR EQUALS THE VOLTAGE FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER CUTS OFF POWER TO THE MOTOR. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER IS MOVED TO THE ’HOT’ SIDE, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER OPERATES THE SAME AS FOR ’COOL’ OPERATION, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CHANGING THE MOTOR TO THE ’HOT’ SIDE. WHEN THE VOLTAGE OF THE POTENTIOMETER AND VOLTAGE OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVEL ARE THE SAME, POWER TO THE MOTOR IS CUT OFF.

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. IF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE FL HEATER FUSE THROUGH THE A.C. FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. WHEN THE A/C IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE A/C AMPLIFIER. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE COMPRESSOR TO START. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 108 C (226 F), THE WATER TEMP. SW (A/C) IS TURNED ON AND THE A/C CUT RELAY IS ACTIVATED. THIS TURNS THE COMPRESSOR OFF AND STOPS THE AIR CONDITIONING. THE AIR CONDITIONING ALSO TURNS OFF, IF A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER THAT THE AIR OUTLET TEMPERATURE IS LOW (BELOW APPROX. 3 C) OR THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY LOW.

Brought to you by BirfMark

169

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING FROM POW ER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52) Y 1

W−G

J4 JUNC TION CO N NECTOR B

B Y

F1 1 FUSE BLO CK

1 0A GAUGE

40A FL HEATER

L− Y

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

I12

1 3

W −B

L−Y

L−B L−Y

1 M 2 L−R L− R

L−R

I14

L− B B

L−B

L−R W−B

I14 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B4 BLOW ER RESISTOR

L −R

B2 B LOW ER MOTO R (A/C)

L− Y

L− Y M

L− R

B3 B LOW ER MOTO R (HEATER)

L−Y

I14

HEATE R RELAY

L −B

B−L

5 R−L

1 IG1

7 L−R

2 IG1

6 W−Y

4 IG1

6 IG1

L−R

W −B

10 IG1

A W−B

HI 3

W −B

B5 BLOW ER SPEED CO NTROL RELAY

I12

J8 JUNCTION C O NNECTOR

3 IG1

9 IG1

W− B

8 IG1 B−W

L−Y

W −B

W −B ID

170

Brought to you by BirfMark

L−Y

G B−Y G− B B

L−B

B L −R

L− R

B−O G −R Y−R

B−Y

G− B

Y−B

Y−G W−G 4

W ARM

A10 A/C S YSTEM AM PLIFIER

CO OL

W−B

W −B

J7 JU NCTION CO NNECTO R A A W −B

A15 AIR MIX CO NTRO L SERVO M OTO R

Brought to you by BirfMark

171

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING Y

L−Y

L− Y

Y G R− G L −W L Y−R Y− G G−W

G B− Y

G −B

G−B

B R− L

W W−L L−B G R− R B LG − R L− R LG−B B− O G −R Y− B

W −G

Y −B

G −R

B −O

G−B

B −Y

G−W

L−R

L −B

G R− G

L−W

Y− R

Y −G

R −L

W −L

G R− R

L G −R

LG−B

W −G

S 8 S H O RT C O N NE C TO R (A/C ) S 9 SH O R T CO NN EC TO R (A /C)

172

Brought to you by BirfMark

L− Y

Y Y

GR− G

GR−G

L− W L Y−R Y− G G −W

G− W

W−L

G R−R

G R− R

L G−R

LG − R

LG− B

LG −B

W −L

Y−G

R−L

Y− R

R −L

G−B

L −W

G −B

9 A

1 A

9 B

10 B

FRESH M RECIRC

A14

AIR INL ET C ONTRO L SERVO MO TOR

13 A

FR OM " TAIL" FUSE TO RH EOSTAT

W−G

3 A

BL OW ER SW H 10 A , H11 B

HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

Brought to you by BirfMark

173

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING Y

L− Y

L−Y

GR− G

G −W

G −R

V G−B

V−G

B R−L

L G−B

13 B

V−G

LG− B

LG −R

G −R

G R− R

LG−R

GR−R

G− W

W−L

G −B

W −L

1 B

3 B

2 B

14 A

12 A

7 A

TEM P.

ACE

HI BLOW ER SW

TEM PERATURE CO NTROL LEVER ,

H10 A

MO DE S EL ECT ON SW

H11 B

HEATER CONTRO L SW AND A/C SW

174

Brought to you by BirfMark

FOO T

Brought to you by BirfMark

L− Y

10 A A. C

F11 FUSE BLOCK

GR−G

GR− G

G− R

G −R

V− G

V−G W −R LG W −B

W−L GR−R LG−R

W −B

LG− B 19 A

16 B

FR C

L G− R 18 A

REC

W −B 8 A

FR C

L−R 17 B

REC

GR −R 18 B

OFF

6 B

OFF ON

W −L

4 B

OFF ON

11 B

W −R

LG −B

F/D DEF M ODE S EL ECTION SW

A/C SW

RECIRC/FRESH SW

H 11 B H 10 A HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

Brought to you by BirfMark

175

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING Y

Y GR− G

G R−G

G −R

V V−G W −R LG

J7 JUNCTIO N CONNEC TOR

I11

W −R

V−G

G−R

W −B

M A A

W −B

DEF F/D

FO OT B/L

FACE DEF

F/D

A16 AIR VENT M ODE CON TROL SERVO M OTOR ID

176

Brought to you by BirfMark

FOO T B/L

FACE

Brought to you by BirfMark

R−G

W−L

L−Y

Y−L

A 9 A /C A M PL IF IE R

I17

IG 2

R−G

W−L

IG 2

W−L

G R− G

IG 2 B− R

R− B

1 R−B

I17

R−B 10

IG 2

IG 2 IG 2

W −B

IG 2

G− Y

W −B

B−W

A 2 A /C D U A L PR E SS U RE S W

I13

W −B

9 EA1

IH 2 A

B− W

J 8 J U N C TIO N C O N N E C TO R

G −Y

2 EY1

W−B

B−W

A 1 A/C M A G N E TIC C LU TCH

W 4 W ATE R TEM P . S W (A /C ) 2

W−B

L−R

Y−R

P−L

6 EA 1

B−R

12 EA1

A 11 A /C TH E R M IS TO R

IH 1

FR O M P A R K/N EU T R AL PO S ITIO N SW

E 8 EN G IN E C O O LA N T TE M P. C U T R E L AY

Y−R

G R− G

Brought to you by BirfMark

177

Brought to you by BirfMark

AIR CONDITIONING SERVICE HINTS A 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH

1-GROUND : APPROX. 3.8 A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

1-4 : OPEN WITH THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT LESS THAN APPROX. 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR MORE THAN APPROX. 27 KG/CM (38 PSI, 2684 KPA) A11 A/C THERMISTOR 2-1 : APPROX. 1.5 K 25°C (77°F) B 4 BLOWER RESISTOR 1-4 : 2.0 1-2 : 0.88 1-3 : 0.32 H10 (A) , H11 (B) HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW (A) 1 (A) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A) 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT LOW POSITION (B) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM LOW POSITION (B) 10-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM HIGH POSITION (B) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT HIGH POSITION (A) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW AT ON POSITION (A) 19-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW AT ON POSITION (A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW AT ON POSITION (A) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE B/L SW AT ON POSITION (A) 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT SW AT ON POSITION (B) 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW AT ON POSITION (B) 11-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT/DEF SW AT ON POSITION (A) 1, (B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE A/C SW AT ON POSITION (A) 8, (B) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

A1 A2 A9 A10 A11 A14 A15 A16

22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24

CODE

SEE PAGE

B2 B3 B4 B5 E8 F11 H10 H11

A B

CODE

24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25

J1 J2 J4 J7 J8 S8 S9 W4

SEE PAGE 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 23

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1

SEE PAGE 20

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 EY1 IG1 IG2 IH1 IH2

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

30 30

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER) OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS CODE EC ID IE

SEE PAGE 30 32 32

GROUND POINTS LOCATION AIR INTAKE CHAMBER LEFT KICK PANEL RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I3 I8 I11

CODE I13

COWL WIRE

I14 I17

SEE PAGE 32

COWL WIRE

A/C SUB WIRE

I12

178

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

Brought to you by BirfMark

179

Brought to you by BirfMark

GROUND POINT W−B

HE ADLIG HT L O L H

W−B

HE ADLIG HT L O RH

W−B

W −B

CE NTER D IFF. L OC K INDICATO R SW

W−B

CE NTER D IFF. L OC K CO N TRO L M O TO R

W−B

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION M ETER)

DA TA LINK CO N NECTO R 3

W−B

W −B

10 EC1

W −B

E17

9 EC 1

E17

W −B

O IL L EVEL W AR NING SW

W −B

W ATER TEM P. SW (A/C)

B R− B

HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

B R− B

HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

IH1

BR W−B

3 Ea 1

W−B

I14

B R− B

E17

(E1)

E NG IN E C O NTROL M ODU LE

(E1)

D ATA L INK C ON NEC TO R 1

NO ISE FILTER (IG NITIO N SY STE M )

W−B

E17 W−B

E22

W−B

( SG )

W −B

TR ANSFER NEU TRA L PO SITIO N SW

E FI M AIN R ELAY

E1 W−B

FR O NT TURN SIG NAL L IGHT R H

FR O NT TU RN SIG NAL L IGHT L H

BR W −B

PA RKING L IG HT RH

P ARKIN G L IG HT LH

W −B

W−B

FR O NT D IFF. L O CK CO N TRO L M O TO R

I15

W− B

J8 J UN C TIO N C O NN ECTO R

W−B

RE AR W IN DO W DE FO GG ER SW

W−B

I16

W −B

I14 4 IF1

W −B

I13

S 4

W−B

(G ND2 )

I12

DO O R KEY LO C K AN D UN LO CK SW RH

W−B

DO O R L OCK CO NTR OL SW RH

W−B

DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

9 IG 2 1 IG 2

GR R −B

A ,S 5

I17

R − B A /C AM P LIFIER

R−B

1 B

1 A

A /C TH ERM IS TO R

(E1)

(E2)

AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

W −B

I12

W −B

10 IG1

W−B

(G ND1 )

W−B

SHO RT CONNECTO R (SRS) 2 2 BR BR B A

EN GINE CO N TRO L M ODU LE

AB S EC U

W−B W−B

I16

W−B

BL O W ER SPE ED CO N TRO L RE LAY

(E03 )

W −B

W−B

HA ZARD SW

W −B

W−B

AU TO AN TEN NA CO N TRO L SW

W− B

11 BK1

W−B

I14

W−B

CL O CK

E NG IN E C O NTROL M ODU LE

W−B

G L OVE BO X L IGH T SW

(E02 )

W−B

BL O W ER RESISTOR

RAD IO AN D P LAYE R

BR BR

180

I18

FR O NT W IPER M O TO R

(E01 )

W −B

W−B

DIFF. L O CK ECU

6 Bb 1

W−B

BR −B

FR O NT D IFF. L O CK PO SITIO N SW

W−B

B R− B EC

Brought to you by BirfMark

S TER EO C OM PO NENT A M PLIFIER

Brought to you by BirfMark

W− B

AIR V E NT M O D E CO N TR O L S ER VO M O TO R

W−B

I11

W −B

(E P)

E12

(SH IE LD ED )

A 1 EA 4

W −B

A/T IND ICA TO R [C O M B. M ETER ]

W −B

IG NITIO N KEY CY L IN D E R L IG H T

W −B

W−B

W−B W−B

B2 W −B

KE Y IN TER L O CK SO LEN O ID [IG NITIO N SW ]

W −B

11 BJ1

W− B

W−B

W− B

W−B

CO O L IN G FAN (R AD IO A ND P LA YER )

E13

E10

W− B

A/C S Y STE M AM PL IFIE R CO M B IN A TIO N M ETE R

I11

W−B

(E)

W−B

3 EY 1

(SH IEL D ED )

W− B

E11

HE ATE R CO NTR O L SW AN D A /C SW

J7 JU NC TIO N C O NN EC TO R A

W− B

(G N D)

W−B

B2 W −B

J2 JU NC TIO N CO NN E CTO R A W−B

W −B

O IL P RE S SU R E SE ND E R

NO ISE FIL TER (O IL PR ES SU R E S EN DE R ) DO O R L OC K C O N TR O L RE L AY

(E) (E2 )

PO W ER W IN DO W M A STE R S W

W−B

DO O R K EY LO CK AN D UN L O C K SW L H

W−B

DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

P O W ER RE L AY

HE A TER R EL A Y

W−B

CIG A R ETTE LIG HTER

I11

UN L O CK W AR N IN G SW [IG NITIO N SW ]

W −B

W−B

B RA KE FL U ID L EV EL W AR N IN G SW

W −B

W−B

S EAT BE LT W AR N IN G RE L AY

W−B

CR U ISE CO NTRO L A CTUA TO R

W−B

CE N TE R D IFF. L O C K CO NTR O L RE LA Y

RE AR HE A TE R S W

LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

W− B

W−B

W −B

DIM M E R S W [C O M B. S W ]

W− B

FR O NT/REA R W IPER AND W ASHER S W [CO M B. SW ]

RH E O STAT

W−B

RE M O TE CO NTR O L M IR R O R SW

I6 W−B

(E S) CO M B IN A TIO N M ETE R

W−B

(ET)

CR U ISE C O N TRO L E CU

IE1

B9 W −B

W −B

W−B

B8 W −B

W−B

M OO N R O O F C O NTR O L S W A ND PE R S O NA L L IGH T

W−B

M OO N R O O F M O TO R

M OO N R O O F L IM IT SW

V AN ITY L IG H T LH

M OO N R O O F C O NTR O L RE L AY

V AN ITY L IG H T RH

W−B

W−B E23 BR

AB S AC TU ATO R

FL ASH R EL AY

I12

W−B

W−B AB S R EL A Y

D ATA LIN K C O NN E CTO R 3

I5 6

CR U ISE C O N TRO L S W [C O M B. S W ]

W −B

A BR

(C G )

W−B

Brought to you by BirfMark

181

Brought to you by BirfMark

GROUND POINT

1 REAR W IN D OW DEFO G G ER (− )

3 BL1

W−B

HIGH M O U NTE D S TO P LIGH T

W−B

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)

W−B B20

B X1 2 BT2

W−B

W−B B28

W O O FE R AM P L IFIER W−B

W−B B27

(−S)

B19

W−B

REAR W IPE R M O TO R W−B

BACK D O O R COU R TE SY SW

W−B

(E)

3 BM1

W−B

1 BS2

REA R HE ATER RE L AY

W −B

4 B R1

W−B FUEL PU M P

5 B O1

W−B

B17

W−B

B16 W−B

ABS DE CEL ER ATION SENS O R

B13 4

W−B B13

B O1

FUEL SE ND ER

O/D M AIN SW

W−B

B13

SHIFT LO C K ECU

PO W E R SE AT CO N TRO L SW (D R IV ER’ S S EAT)

W−B B35

W−B

BQ1

W−B B1

Bh2

W−B

W−B B 1

1 BV1

W−B W −B

W−B

W−B B31

LICENSE PL ATE LIGHT REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

W−B

W −B

W−B

(W/ POWER SEAT) 3 (W/O POWER SEAT) 3

REA R DIFF. L O CK CO N TRO L M OTO R REA R CO M B IN ATIO N LIGHT LH

B31

BUCK LE SW L H

REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW

A A A A A A A A

A A A A

A A A A A A A A

J 8 BLUE

J 7 BLUE

J 2 BLUE

A A A A

A A A A A A A A

YELLOW

A A A A 1

(HINT: SEE PAGE 7)

182

Brought to you by BirfMark

YELLOW

Brought to you by BirfMark

: PARTS LOCATION CODE

SEE PAGE

J2 J7

25 25

CODE

SEE PAGE

J8 S4

CODE

25 25

SEE PAGE B

: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 2

SEE PAGE 20 18

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE FENDER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA4 EC1 EY1 Ea1 IE1 IF1 IG1 IG2 IH1 BJ1 BK1 BM1 BO1 BQ1 BR1 BS2 BT2 BV1 BX1 Bb1 Bc1 Bh2 Bj1

SEE PAGE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

30 30 30 30 32 32

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER) ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER) OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER) TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION) ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

32 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 36 36 36 36 38 36 38

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK) FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL) REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT) COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT) FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB EC ID IE BF BG

SEE PAGE 30 30 30 32 32 34 34

GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER AIR INTAKE CHAMBER LEFT KICK PANEL RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS CODE E1 E3 E4 E5 E10 E11 E12 E13 E17 E22 E23 I2 I3 I5 I6 I7 I11 I12 I13

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

30 30 30

ENGINE WIRE TRANSMISSION WIRE

COWL WIRE

CODE I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 B1 B2 B6 B8 B9 B13 B16 B17 B19 B20 B27 B28 B31 B35

Brought to you by BirfMark

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

COWL WIRE

32 32 32 36 36 36

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE A/C SUB WIRE ENGINE WIRE FRAME WIRE FRONT DOOR LH WIRE FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

ROOF WIRE

FLOOR WIRE

FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE

36 36 36 38

BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE SEAT NO. 1 WIRE

183

Brought to you by BirfMark

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

184 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

185 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

186 Brought to you by BirfMark

Brought to you by BirfMark

1 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM Power Source

Starting

Ignition

Charging

11 AM2

IG2 6

B- R

FUSIBLE LINK

IG1

F11 FUSE BLOCK

C11 B BLUE

ST1 1 F6 A

,F8 C I3 IGNITION COIL

1 EA2

3 EA2

I12 IGNITION SW

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 B- L B- R

13 C

F 7 B GRAY 21 IH1 1

W- R

IGF

IGT

G-

2 G 1 A GRAY

7. 5A CHARGE

3 2

B- G

B- R

13 IH2

GENERATOR

B- G

14 IH2 B- Y

B- Y

To Combination Meter<22- 6>

B- R

4 EA1

D2 DISTRIBUTOR

15 IH1

B ,S2

STARTER

A , G2

GENERATOR 1

W- B

S2 A

4 IH1 BATTERY

1 A L

S 1 B BLACK

B- L

STARTER

W- B

Y- L

C 1 B

N1 NOISE FILTER (Ignition System)

G2 B

To Engine Control Module<2- 5><2- 6>

To Engine Control Module <2- 5>

1 A

To Engine Control Module <2- 8>

B- R

FL AM2 0. 3P

To A/C Amplifier <23- 8>

FL AM1 1. 25B

B , F8

FL MAIN 2. 0L

A ,F7

1 B

1 A

FUSIBLE LINK

B- L

1 C

5 EA1

7 B

Y- L

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW

I2 IGNITER

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Y- L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B- W

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

8 EA2

B- W

50A AM1

C11 B , C13 C

C13 C

2 B- W

To Engine Control Module <2- 8>

B- L

B- R

B- W

B- L

6 EA2

7. 5A IGN

W- R

4 AM1

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

ACC B

IG A S A B B

2 3 1

1 Air intake chamber

Brought to you by BirfMark

(Cont. next page )

2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Engine Control

2 EA2

R- Y

E 4 A DARK GRAY B- Y

ST1

B- R

1 2 3 4 5 6

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7 8 9 10 11 12

C10 A , C11 B MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER] 5 A

6 B

Y- R B- L

B- L

Y- R

14 IH1

Y- R

Y 2

R F4 FUEL PUMP RELAY

FUSIBLE LINK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6

R- B

Y- R B- R

Y- L

W- G

W- R

Y- R Y

W- L

W Air intake chamber

8 IH2

Right kick panel

B- R

I9 INJECTOR NO. 6

I8 INJECTOR NO. 5

I7 INJECTOR NO. 4

B- R

B- R I6 INJECTOR NO. 3

W- G

Brought to you by BirfMark

W- L

(SHIELDED)

B- R

W- R

A W- B

Left kick panel

W- B

W- B Under the center console box

5 BO1

W- B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

B- R

W- B

BR EB

SDL

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6 1

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Front side of left fender

SG 5

F5 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR R- W

CG 4

W- B

E 7 D DARK GRAY

J2 JUNCTION F18 CONNECTOR FUEL PUMP [FUEL SENDER] R- G W- B

B ,F8

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BAT 3 BO1

I5 INJECTOR NO. 2

R- B

R- W

A ,F7

R- B

D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3

B- R

I4 INJECTOR NO. 1

FL AM2 0. 3P

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN 2. 0L

FUSIBLE LINK

R- G

B- L

Y- L

F 7 B GRAY

BATTERY

R- W W- R

13 ID2

1 B

17 IH1

R- W

,F8 C

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

W- R

B- R

1 A

C11 B BLUE

R- W

R- G

Y- R

C8 CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY

Y- R

F6 A

1 B- R

7 EA2

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER]

C10 A GRAY

Y- L

1 EB1

1 C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B- L

W- R

F11 FUSE BLOCK J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

B- R

1 2

EFI MAIN RELAY

50A AM1

15A EFI 1

E 6 B DARK GRAY

E 5 C DARK GRAY

J K L M N O P

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

B- R

Y- R

3 EA2 2

1 15A OBD

R- Y

I12 IGNITION SW

7. 5A IGN

B- R R- Y

W- R

6 EA2

IG2 6

1 10A GAUGE

R- Y

W 3 EA3

IG1 2

1 11 AM2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ACC 4 AM1

Y- R

R- Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d) Engine Control 5

A YR B R-Y

7 A

(SHIELDED)

Y-R

Y-L

R-B

G-Y

HT2 OX2 1 3

4A 6A 5A 7A ISC4 ISC2 ISC3 ISC1

7 B 13 C HT2 OX2

BR-B

2 4 +B E1 HT OX 1 3 L

2 4 +B E1

GR H5 HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR (Bank1Sensor1)

Y-R

BR-B O H6 HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR (Bank1Sensor2) R-G

Y-R

21 A FPU

(SHIELDED)

Y-R

I1 IDLEAIRCONTROLVALVE V4 VSV(Fuel PressureControl) B B LR

22 A EGR

3 EZ1

L-W 14 C KNK2

6C KNK1

V3 VSV(EGR)

Y-R

YR 1 EZ1

(SHIELDED)

4B 5B NE2- NE2+

3 D 12 D 1 D 4 D 2 D 17 A 23 A 12 B 11 B 10 B 6 B MRLY +B IGSW W BATT IGF IGT NE G1 G2 G-

W-B

2 EZ1

4 EZ1

(SHIELDED)

Y-R

W-B

K1 KNOCKSENSOR1 1

B-G

B-Y

R-Y

Y-R

B-L

NE 1

(SHIELDED) L-W

NE2

Y-R 8

Y-R

1 K2 KNOCK SENSOR2

C3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION 3 SENSOR NE2

W-B (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

FromIgniter <1-2>

D B-L

A A A

(SHIELDED)

Y-R

C Y-R

From Distributo r <1-2> <1-3>

Y-R

J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

22 IH1

E Y F R

1B 5C HT1 OX1

E4 A , E5 C , E6 B , E7 D ENGINECONTROLMODULE FC FPR #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 SDL 14 A 13 D 15 A 1 A 2 A 25 A 11 A 12 A 6 D

B-W

B-R

Y-L

FromIgnitionSW <1-1> FromPark/Neutral PositionSW<1-1>

BR-B BR-B

T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

ToCombination Meter<22-6>

BR-B

E1 3

Y-R

BR-B

4 VC

R-W

FromCruiseControl ECU<11-2>

BR-B

8 12 TE1 +B

BR-B

G-W

STP L4 AC SPD TACO OILW STA NSW 14 D 9 D 7 D 8 D 10 D 5 D 11 D 22 D Y-R L-W ToSpeedometer [Comb. Meter]<22-5> FromEngineCoolant B-W Temp. Cut Relay <23-8> B-L FromTransferL4 PositionSW<20-3> G-W FromStopLight SW <17-3> D1 DATALINK CONNECTOR1

G-O

G-W

R-G

G-W

BR-B

2 3 IDL VTA

G-B

R-W A3 A/TFLUIDTEMP. SENSOR R-W

G-Y

1 E2

BR-B

G-Y E3 ENGINECOOLANT TEMP. SENSOR 2 1 BR-B

BR-B

3 5 2 1 THA E21 VG +B E2 4 M1 MASSAIRFLOW METER BR-B E1 EGRGASTEMP SENSOR 1 2 BR-B

J Y-L Y-R K L Y M W-G N W-R O W-L P W

E2 THG THW OIL IDL VTA VCC E03 E02 E01 E1 TE1 9 C 19 A 4 C 12 C 11 C 10 C 1 C 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 7 C

L-Y

W-L

W-R

W-G

Y-R

Y-L

G R-W H W-R I Y-R

THA E21 VG 3 C 16 C 2 C

BR-B BR-B W-B

EC Air intakechamber

Brought to you by BirfMark

3 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Light Auto Turn Off

Shift Lock 1

Headlight 4

2 W

W W

ACC 3 4 AM1

IG1 2

3 EA3

B- Y 1

10A ECU- B

15A CIG

15A ECU- IG

I12 IGNITION SW

1 3

F11 FUSE BLOCK

2 R- W

R- Y

R- W 2

OFF TAIL

G- B

LOW HIGH R- Y

W- B

4 EA2

W- B

R- Y

W- B

W- B A

Left kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

R- Y

FLASH

W- B Under the center console box

W- B

HEAD

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C13 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Left kick panel

R- Y

W- B

C14 COMBINATION SW LIGHT DIMMER SW CONTROL SW

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

R- Y

2 L- R

W- B

BATTERY

T 2 R- W

11 ID2

L- R

I12 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID [IGNITION SW]

From TAIL Relay <4- 2>

FUSIBLE LINK

TRLY

To Door Courtesy SW Front LH<6- 3>

A ,F8

G- B

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN 2. 0L

4 F6

DCTY

B- L

SLSKLS+

B- O

SLS+

B- L 1 A

G- W 1

R- B

W 1 B

R- W

H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH

R- W

H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH

HRLY

4 S14 SHIFT LOCK ECU

5 EA2

R- W

H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH

G- R 3

R- L

H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW

R- L

STP

R- W

Front side of left fender

R- Y

Front side of right fender

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

R- L

D7 DIODE (Headlight)

L1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY

R- L

ACC

2 2

R- W

3 IG

B- R

12 ID2

B- W

,F8 B

B- W

F6 A

15 ID2

G- W

FUSIBLE LINK

3 2

11 EA1 From Stop Light SW <17- 3

B- W

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

15A HEAD (RH)

B- R

B- W

B 50A AM1

1 15A HEAD (LH)

2 2 R- W

B- W

B 3

2 HEAD RELAY

ST1

6 EA2

L- R

Brought to you by BirfMark

4 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Taillight

SRS

2 B- R 2

2 1 B

3 A

4 A

1 B

2 B

1 A

2 A

B- L

W- L

B- Y

P+

W- L

B- W

ACC A17 AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY PD+ D-

12 IH1

1 2 3 4

W- R

IG2

B- Y

11 IH1

4 B

A ,S7

3 B

SHORT CONNECTOR (SRS)

4 BQ1

S 5 B YELLOW

To Tra ler Socket (Tail and Stop Light)<9- 8>

A ,S5

SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)

50A AM1

7 ID2

SHORT CONNECTOR (SRS)

10 EA1

W- L W- L

2 To Light Retainer Relay<3- 3>

3 GR

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR[

W- L

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

A B- L

3 EA2

S 4 A YELLOW

I12 IGNITION SW

10A ECU- B

TAIL RELAY

F11 FUSE BLOCK

B- R

F 7 B GRAY

15A TAIL

W- R

6 EA2

W 3 EA3

IG2 6

15A CIG

1 2

11 AM2

A , F8

L- R

7. 5A IGN

IG1 ST1

FUSIBLE LINK

4 AM1

L- R

B- R

ACC 3

2 4 3 2 1

3 BV1

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

6 B

3 W

S 7 B YELLOW

B- R

W- R

S 6 A YELLOW

SPIRAL CABLE

FL AM2 0. 3P

3 F6

A , F7

B , F8

FUSIBLE LINK

FL AM1 1. 25B

R8 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

FL MAIN 2. 0L

R9 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

1 B

W- B

1 A

P3 PARKING LIGHT RH

2 1 C

L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

2 P2 PARKING LIGHT LH

B- L

A18 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger’ s Airbag Assembly)

A19 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad)

BR W- B

W- B

1 BV1

2 A

1 A

2 B

Front side of right fender

Lower back panel center

Right kick panel

W- B

A ,S5

W- B W- B

Front side of left fender

1 B

BATTERY

W- B

SHORT CONNECTOR (SRS)

Left kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

5 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

*1 : Separate Type Ampl f er *2 : Bui t−In Type Amplifier *3 : A/T Indicator Illumnation *4 : Meter Illuminat on

Illumination 1 1

RADIO AND PLAYER

1 15A TAIL

2 R

TAIL RELAY

R 1 A GRAY

F11 FUSE BLOCK

1 2 1

3 1

3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

STEREO COMPORNENT AMPLIFIER R 3 B GRAY

S11 A

S12 B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 8 9

5 6 7

10 11 12 13

14 15

G J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B R

G G

6 A

G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT

2 W G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

W- G

R2 RADIO AND PLAYER

R4 REAR HEATER SW

2 B G- W (*1)

G (*1)

S11 A , S12

G H10 HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

C7 CIGALETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

G 1

1 9

W- G

W- B

W- G

W- G (*1)

1 IF1

W- G

1 W- G

W- G

W- G (*2)

W- G

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A20 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

A21 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL SW

G H9 HAZARD SW

W- B

W- G

W- B

A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

8 ID2

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5 B

A ,R3

10 A

RADIO AND PLAYER

O4 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] G W- G

W- B

C11 B , C12 D , C13 C

12 B

COMBINATION METER

W- G

W- B

HEAD

C14 COMBINATION SW

LIGHT CONTROL SW

OFF TAIL

(*4)

(*3)

B- L

BATTERY 2

1 D

14 IF1

G (*2)

2 C

2 D

E9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW

15 ID1 T

A G

R7 RHEOSTAT

FL MAIN 2. 0L

F8 FUSIBLE LINK

L1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

W- B A

COMBINATION METER C13 C

W- B

C12 D BROWN

W- B

C11 B BLUE

Right kick panel

W- B

Left kick panel

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Brought to you by BirfMark

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

3 EA3

Brought to you by BirfMark

6 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Interior Light 1 B

L- Y

R- W

L- Y

1 BP2

LP 3

R- B

R- Y

8 BR1

R- Y

R- W

R- Y

R- L

R- Y

2 BS2

R- W

I10 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT

R- Y

1 BT2 R- W

D18 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH

R- Y 1

R- B

W- B

D9 DIODE (Interior Light)

A R- B

3 ID2

2 BT2 W- B

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R- B

From Door Lock Control Relay <14-3> From Seat Belt Warning Relay <17-2> From Light Retainer Relay <3-3>

B6 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW

R- L

W- B

R- L

II2

1 BS2 W- B

W- B

D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

4 BR1 W- B

Right kick panel

R- B

D17 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

W- B

R- G

Left kick panel

D14 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT REAR LH L- Y R- L

R- L

R- G

W- B ID

D19 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH

W- B A

DCTY 4

1 ID2

R- L

1 D8 DIODE (Interior Light)

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 BN2

14 BK1

R- L

R- Y

R- L (* 2) R- L (*1)

FL AM1 1. 25B

R- L

From Door Lock Control Relay<14- 3>

R- Y

9 II2

3 IE1

6 IE1

BATTERY

2 BP2

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

B- W (*1)

R- Y

W- B

B- L

4 IE1

1 BN2

D13 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT RH L- Y R- L

4 BJ2

2 BL1 W- B

13 BK1

D15 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT REAR RH L- Y R- L

D12 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT LH L- Y R- L

F16(*1) F17(*2) FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT ON OFF

W- B (*1)

DOOR

V7 VANITY LIGHT RH

V6 VANITY LIGHT LH

M3 PERSONAL LIGHT [MOON ROOF CONTROL SW]

W 4 2

R16 REAR INTERIOR LIGHT ON OFF

2 2

B (*1)

L- Y (*2)

L- Y

L- Y (*1)

1 2

1 BJ2

L- Y

L- Y (*1)

L- Y L- Y

4 II2

I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT RELAY

L- Y

1 BL1

10A DOME

R- Y

L- Y

2 IE1 3

3 D10 DIODE (Interior Light)

R- L

L- Y

C13 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

4 ID2

L- Y

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 EA1

2 B

L- Y

*1 : w/ Moon Roof *2 : w/o Moon Roof

Left kick panel

Under the center console box

Brought to you by BirfMark

7 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

2 W

TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)

ACC 4 AM1

IG1 2

B- Y

2 1

ST1

T 5 A BLACK

1 7. 5A TURN

6 EA2 B

I12 IGNITION SW

F11 FUSE BLOCK

15A HAZ- HORN

2 G- W

2 W

18 IF1

8 IF1

G- O C14 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]

OFF TURN

HAZARD

G- Y

6 IF1

G- B

G- R

G- B

17 IF1

G- Y

16 IF1

G- Y

G- B

G- R

7 IF1

W 2

G- Y G- B

B- L

7 EA1

20 ID2

G- Y

9 BQ1

10 BQ1

Left kick panel

Front side of left fender

R9 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

Right kick panel

W- B

R8 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

W- B

1 B

A , T6

C11 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

F2 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

TRAILER SOCKET (Turn Signal Light)

2 B

W- B IE

1 A

G- Y

2 A

G- B

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G- Y

G- B

F1 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

BATTERY

8 EA1

G- Y

G- B

W- B

FL AM1 1. 25B

21 ID2

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

G- Y

G- B

1 B

FLASH RELAY

G- B

G- Y

G- B

G- Y

Lower back panel center

Brought to you by BirfMark

Front side of right fender

Left kick panel

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

2 EA1

G- O

H9 HAZARD SW

G- W

50A AM1

T 6 B BLACK

Brought to you by BirfMark

8 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Rear Wiper and Washer

Front Wiper and Washer

2 ACC

4 AM1

IG1 2

C15 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB SW]

B- Y 1

ST1

I12 IGNITION SW

F11 FUSE BLOCK

20A WPER

6 EA2

CIR

+1R

WASHER2 OFF

INT 2

ON L- B

C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

WASHER1

4 EA4

+S INT1 INT2 B1

2 ID1

WASHER SW

OFF LO

L- B

5 BR1 LG

L- B

2 BR1

5 BS1

4 BS1

L- O

1 BR2

L- B

W2 M WASHER MOTOR 1

L- G

5 BT1

6 BT1

L- B

W1 WASHER CHANGE VALVE

6 BS1

5 EA4

INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY

L- B

L- O

L- B R20 REAR WIPER RELAY

W- B

L- G

L- B

4 BT1

12 ID1 LG

INT

6 ID1 L- B

D11 DIODE (Rear Washer) 1 2

EW 1

L- O

+B OFF

50A AM1

WIPER SW

L- B

6 LS

L- R

L- Y

W- B

B- L

D6 DIODE (Front Washer) 2

L +S L

FL AM1 1. 25B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

L- W

L- R 3

A BATTERY

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E A

3 A

L- W 3

1 +1

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 +B

2 W- B

2 BT2

W- B

1 BS2

W- B

4 BR1

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Right kick panel

R19 REAR WIPER MOTOR

W- B

W- B ID

A W- B

W- B

Left kick panel

F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

2 +2

Under the center console box

Left kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

(Cont. next page )

9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

2 B- Y

ACC B- Y

ST1 1

B- W

B- R 2

R- Y

15A EFI

50A AM1

EFI MAIN RELAY

P- B 1 G- W

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B

D E F

1 ID3

B- W

15 ID2

B- W

6 ID3

P- B

16 ID2

P- B

11 IH2

2nd PWR

P- B

R- B

1 EB1

22 IH1

Y- R

W- R

G- W

2 Y- R

P- B

E9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW

4 2

3 A

20 D

17 D

16 D

15 D

O R- B

1 2

GRAY

1 1

7 EA2

F7 B

12 D

3 D

22 D

MRLY

1 D

NSW

A ,E5

C ,E6

B ,E7

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

IGSW

HOLD

PWR

4 EC2

1 EC2

2 EC2

THG 19 A

THW 4 C

OIL 12 C

VTA

VCC

SPD

EO3

EO2

EO1

OD2

TFN

9 C 11 C 10 C

IDL

1 C

8 D 16 A

26 A

13 A

24 A

19 D

18 A

21 D Y- G R- W

P- L P- L

See Engine Control System <2- 6><2- 7>

See Engine Control System<2- 8>

22 ID2

P- L

NO. 3

NO. 2

See Engine Control System<2- 7>

To Cruise Control ECU<11- 2>

R- L 3

BR- B

E2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

R- Y 2

NO. 1

V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Electronically Controlled Transmission)

C 2

V- G

FL MAIN 2. 0L

L4 9 D

3 EC2 From Cruise Control ECU<11- 2>

1 C FL AM2 0. 3P

FL AM1 1. 25B

1 B

R- L

B- L

A ,F7 B ,F8

FUSIBLE LINK

1 A

R- Y

OD1

P- L

V- G

5 EC2

STP

18 D 14 D

SL 8 A

S2 9 A

S1 10 A

G- O

SP28 B

R- Y

SP2+ 2 B

2 O4 O/D MAIN SW

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BATTERY

Front side of left fender

E 5 C DARK GRAY

E 6 B DARK GRAY

E 7 D DARK GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7 8 9 10 11 12

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Brought to you by BirfMark

W- B

E 4 A DARK GRAY

Air intake chamber

Under the center console box

G H I

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

B- L

2 B- W

P- B

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B 2

,F8 C

F11 FUSE BLOCK

3 EA2

F6 A

3 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6 EA2

3 B- W

I12 IGNITION SW

1 15A ECU- IG

IG2 6

7. 5A IGN

11 AM2

W- R

10A GAUGE

IG1 2

FUSIBLE LINK

B- Y

4 AM1

B- Y

B- R

Brought to you by BirfMark

9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d) Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator 5 A

G- W

R- B

R- W

B- O

G- R

R- B

6 IH2

7 IH1

5 IH2

4 IH2

3 IH2

2 IH2

R- L

R- B

R- W

B- O

G- W

19 ID2 P- B

R- L

R- B

P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

4 B

6 IH1

Back−Up Light

14 BQ1

G- W R- B

O R- B

R- B R- B

R- L

B- O

7 D

5 D

G- W

4 D

3 D

B- O

13 D

R- W

R- B

9 D

R- L

P- B

R- L 8 C

10 D

3 T4 TRAILER SOCKET (Tail and Stop Light)

11 D

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

P- L

W- B

R9 BACK- UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB LIGHT RH]

R- B

R- W

R8 BACK- UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

W- B

COMBINATION METER

Y- L

R- B

6 D

C12 D , C13 C

From ” TAIL” Fuse <4- 3>

8 D

To Cruise Contorol ECU <11- 2>

12 D

P- L

From Stop Light SW<17- 3>

B- O

12 IH2

7 C

PWR

O/D OFF

R- W

2nd STRT

Y- G

A/T P

D28 DIODE (Neutral Detection) 2 1

G- W

COMBINATION METER

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

W- B

C12 D BROWN

C13 C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ID

Left kick panel

Lower back panel center

Brought to you by BirfMark

10 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

ABS

3 W

+BS

1 2 3 4 5 6

20 IH1

A ,A5

R- L D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

ABS ACTUATOR

G- Y

G- B

14 ID3

13 ID3 Y- B

Y- R

12 ID3

15 A

5 B

13 A

25 B

12 B

12 A

3 A

10 A

BAT

GS1

GS2

GST

RR-

RR+

16 A

8 A

BR- B

3 ID3

11 ID3

4 ID3

(SHIELDED)

A12 A , A13 B ABS ECU

EXI

STP

PKB

19 B

6 A

14 A

To Parking Brake SW and Brake Fluid Level Warning SW<22- 6>

RSS 7 A

R- B

RL+ 9 A

From Stop Light SW <17- 3>

RL1 A

G- W

FR3 B

To Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW <20- 1>

FR+ 16 B

P- B

FSS 10 B

FL22 B

(SHIELDED)

GND

FL+

(SHIELDED)

GST

6 B

AST

9 B

15 B

B- L

2 B

SRR

GND1 GND2 2

26 B 18 B

GS2

SFL

GS1

O O

13 B

SFR

1 B

IG 5

B- Y

11 B

R-

23 IH1

A22 ABS DECELERATION SENSOR

GR- R

24 B

11 IH1

L- W

23 B

L- Y

W- B

L- R

B- R

1 A

13 IH1 B- L

3 A

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

5 B

15 ID2

Y- R

1 B

2 B

B B- W

Y- B

3 A

3 B

GND

9 1011 12 13 14 15 16

4 A

4 B

B- W

2 A

1 B

B- R

AST

SRR

22 B- Y

R-

W- B

SFL

GR- R

SFR

TC 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TS 16

C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

60A ABS

50A AM1

23 WB

F11 FUSE BLOCK

1 A Y

4 BQ2 (SHIELDED)

L (SHIELDED)

2 Bh1

1 Bh1 (SHIELDED)

ABS ECU A13 B DARK GRAY

Y- G

2 Bf1

5 Bh1 W- B

1 Bf1

1 Bg1

2 Bg1

Brought to you by BirfMark

A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

Right kick panel

1 BQ2

A24 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

Left kick panel

BATTERY

6 BQ2

3 Bh1

W- B

4 Bh1

(SHIELDED) 1 2

2 BQ2

3 Bd1

,F8 B

A23 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

5 BQ2

1 Bd1

4 Bd1

A ,F8

FL AM1 1 25B

FUSIBLE LINK

FL MAIN 2. 0L

2 Bd1

5 ID3 (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

FUSIBLE LINK F6 A

2 ID3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

Under the center console box

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

4 B

B- W

2 B

4 A 2

R- L

1 2

1 3

B-W

A ,A7

ABS RELAY

6 GND +BM B

1 B

(*1)

1 A

15A ECU- IG

A12 A DARK GRAY

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 EA3

2 EA3

B- W

6 EA2

1 10A ECU- B

B- W

B I12 IGNITION SW

1 3

10A GAUGE

B- W

A 5 B GRAY

ABS ACTUATOR

ABS RELAY

IG1 2 ST1

3 EA3

A 4 A BLACK

A 7 B GRAY

A 6 A GRAY

B- Y

4 AM1

ABS ECU

B- Y

B- Y ACC

Brought to you by BirfMark

11 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON

W 10A ECU- B

10A GAUGE

15A ECU- IG

B- Y

W- B

R- G 4

G- W

L- W

RESUME/ ACCEL SET/ COAST

A ,F8

MAIN

CANCEL

FUSIBLE LINK

EP FL AM1 1. 25B

Brought to you by BirfMark

L- R

Y- G

Y- L

B- G

Y- R

W- B 4 C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

B- R

G- Y

VR1 23

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 B- Y

C10 CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB METER]

B- W

G- O

G- W

G- R

VR2 24

To Speedometer [Comb. Meter] <22- 5>

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

From Engine Control Module <9- 2>

G- W

R- Y

B- O

From Stop Light SW <17- 3>

B- W

To Throttle Position Sensor<2- 7>

To Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid<9- 2>

50A AM1 3

LL MO

26 10 12

VR3 25

MC GND 13

11 1

5 6 B- L

Left kick panel ID

16 Tc

STPW

BR BATTERY

M FL MAIN 2. 0L

20 C15 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

7 1 2 3

A From Park/Neutral Position SW<9- 7>

5 15

8 SPD W

CCS 1 A

CMS 1 B

S13 CRUISE CONTROL STOP SW [STOP LIGHT SW] 4

20 BATT OD

CCS CMS

15 Pi

9 IDL

7 14 21

ECT D

22 2

9 19 IH1 15 IH2

18 C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 19 2

,F8 B F6 A 2

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

11 IH1 1

B FUSIBLE LINK 2

2 3 3 I12 IGNITION SW 6 EA2 3 EA3

B- Y

ST1

1 1 1 ACC

4 3 2 1

F11 FUSE BLOCK B- Y IG1 2 4 AM1 B

Cruise Control Power Source

B- Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

12 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON

30A FL POWER

L- B

DOWN

UP DOWN

UP REAR

G- Y

R- Y G- B

R- B G- L

R- L

P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Passenger’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Passenger’ s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P23 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Passenger’ s Seat Reclining Control)

W- B

P24 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Passenger’ s Seat Slide Control)

W- B

P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Lumbar Support Control)

P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P16 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control)

P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control)

P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

FL AM1 1. 25B

W- B

Brought to you by BirfMark

R- W

G G- Y

R- Y G- B

R- B G- L

R- L

3 Bi1

FRONT REAR

FRONT

REAR

FRONT DOWN

UP DOWN

UP REAR

FRONT REAR

FRONT

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

B- L

Under the center console box BF

W- B

2 M 1 1 M 2 2

6 2 11 12 7 4 8

REAR VERTICAL FRONT VERTICAL RECLINING SLIDE

3 Bc1

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Passenger’ s Seat) 10

1 2 M 1 2 M 1 2 M 1 1 M 2 1 M

3 BM1 BATTERY

1 Bi1

9 5 1 9 3 6 2 11

4 3 2 1

LUMBAR SUPPORT REAR VERTICAL FRONT VERTICAL RECLINING SLIDE

12 7 4 8 5

2 2 M 1 1

1 Bc1 50A AM1

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat) 10 W

F11 FUSE BLOCK B

6 EA2

6 II2 10 ID2 2

Power Seat Power Source

Brought to you by BirfMark

13 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Window

Power Source 1

2 LB B

B From Door Lock Control Relay <14- 2>

30A FL POWER

6 EA2

F11 FUSE BLOCK

L- B

L- B 7

L- B

G- O

50A AM1

1 BJ1

L- B

P6 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

8 BW1

FRONT LH

FRONT RH

REAR RH

REAR LH

1 DOWN

DOWN

L- B

POWER RELAY

DOWN

3 2

+ -

2 1

+ -

WINDOW LOCK SW LOCK

W- B

FLU

FLD

NORMAL

FRU

FRD

RRU 11

RRD 14

RLU 10

RLD 9

16 BJ1

17 BJ1

R- L

B- Y

R- Y

5 ID1

11 ID1

L- B

1 2 BJ1

L- B

W- B

5 BJ1

II1

3 BP1

2 BN1

1 BN1

1 ID1 L- B

R- Y

1 BP1

II1

B- Y

R- G

2 BP1

L- B

B- O

R- L

R- G 5 BK1

B- L

B- O 2 BK1

FL AM1 1. 25B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

L- B

15 BJ1

B- L

R- G

B- G

B- L

12 BJ1

L- B

R- Y

B- Y

R- L

6 W- B

W- B

A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E 1

B- L

11 BJ1 3 BN1 L- B

R- L 5

P12 POWER WINDOW SW REAR LH

DOWN

2 1 M P9 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

2 1 M P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

B- L

P13 POWER WINDOW SW REAR RH

DOWN

Brought to you by BirfMark

L- B

R- L

3 1 M P8 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

1 B

3 1 M P7 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH

B- L

Left kick panel

W- B

W- B Right kick panel

DOWN

W- B

BATTERY

P11 POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH

1 BK1 L- B

Brought to you by BirfMark

14 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON

R- B

R- G

L- R

LG W- B

G- Y

L- O

L- R

3 BT1 7 BN1 L- Y

L- B

L- R

L- W

4 BR2

W- B

L- W

B7 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR

D26 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR LH L- W

D27 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR RH L- W

L- W

W- B

L- W

W- B

BATTERY

W- B

L- W

3 BS1

W- B

D25 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH L- R

L- O

L- W

W- B

D23 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH LOCK

UNLOCK D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH UNLOCK

LOCK

L- W

D24 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

L- B

L- Y

G- R

W- B

D20 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH UNLOCK

LOCK

UNLOCK

FL AM1 1. 25B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

LOCK

P6 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]

G- R

2 2

L- R

L- Y

L- B

B- L

Brought to you by BirfMark

L- W L- W

8 ID1 L- W A L- W

L- O

L- R

G- R

14 BJ1

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 BT1 4 BK1

12 II1

8 BN1

11 BJ1

M 4 4

11 II1

4 3

L- R L- R 2 BJ2

7 BP1

1 BS1 L- R 7 ID1

4 4

R- L

R- G

R- B

G- O

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

G- O

PCTY

To Door Courtesy SW Front RH<6- 2>

To Door Courtesy SW Front LH<6- 3>

To Unlock Warning SW [Ignition SW] <17- 2>

To POWER Relay <13- 1><15- 2>

DCTY

Right kick panel IE Left kick panel ID

KSW

8 BP1 11 BK1 W- B W- B

W- B 1

RLY

M M

2 2 1 2 1 4

F11 FUSE BLOCK

W- B

4 3 3

L- Y

2 2

1 2

20 BK1 18 BK1 17 BK1

3 BK1 2

12 BK1

G- R G- R

L- R L- Y L- B

7 BJ2 4

ACT+ 3 16

L- R 3 BJ2 L- Y

L- B 3

ACT6

LSWP LSWD E

13 BJ1 L- R 19 BJ1 UL2

5 BJ2

3 BR2 7 B

4 3 2 1

D22 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 15 IG

3 BJ1

30A FL POWER

6 EA2

4 BJ1

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2

L2 UL1 L1

12 11 10 2

10A GAUGE

ST1

20 BJ1 A 2

4 3 I12 IGNITION SW

3 1 B

ACC

6 BJ2 8 BJ2 50A AM1

8 1

IG1 2 4 AM1 B

Door Lock Control Power Source

B B- Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

15 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Moon Roof

Horn 4

2 W

2 3 1

30A FL POWER

6 EA2

2 W

2 G- O

G- O

From Door Lock Control Relay<14- 2>

50A AM1 1

4 2

POWER RELAY

15A HAZ- HORN

F11 FUSE BLOCK

HORN RELAY

2 1

M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

LS. 1

LS. 2

GND

DOWN

OPEN

2 G- W

G- R

L- B

5 IE1 G- Y

R- W

R- Y

R- L

G- W

B- L

1 EA1

L- B W- B

G- R

W- B

G- W

4 W- B

6 OPEN

6 IE1

DOWN

W- B

2 W- B

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 W- B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

4 NO. 2

FL AM1 1. 25B

M4 MOON ROOF LIMIT SW AND MOTOR

NO. 1

M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW

1 H7 HORN LH (High)

H8 HORN RH (Low)

10 C14 HORN SW [COMB. SW]

W- B

A W- B W- B

BATTERY W- B ID

Left kick panel

Right kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

16 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Cigarette Lighter

Rear Heater

4 AM1

Clock

ACC 3

L- R

IG1 2

B- Y

2 1

A ,F8

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L- Y

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

3 EA1

R15 REAR HEATER RELAY

R4 REAR HEATER SW

L- W

W 2

L- W

W 2

2 GR

B 2

L- Y

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 2

1 L- Y

B- L 1 A

2 L- B

W 1 B

C6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER

2 C9 CLOCK

1 1

II2

W- B

R14 REAR HEATER

B J7 JUNCTION A CONNECTOR A

W- B

Under the center console box

Left kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A W- B

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

BATTERY

L- Y

L- B 3 1

W- B

FUSIBLE LINK 3 BM1

W- B

A ,F8

W- B

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN 2. 0L

1 II2

Right kick panel

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

See Taillight System<4- 2

F11 FUSE BLOCK

15A TAIL

L- W

2 II2

L- W

50A AM1

15A CIG

1 3

F11 FUSE BLOCK

1 2

10A DOME

L- R

TAIL RELAY

1 20A REAR- HTR

FUSIBLE LINK

10A GAUGE

I12 IGNITION SW

B- Y

B 6 EA2

B- Y

W 3 EA3

ST1

Brought to you by BirfMark

17 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Unlock and Seat Belt Warning

Stop Light

Auto Antenna 4

*1 : w/ Power Seat *2 : w/o Power Seat

L- R W

B- Y

L- R

IG1 2

B- Y

4 AM1

ACC 3

I12 IGNITION SW

1 F11 FUSE BLOCK

10A DOME

15A CIG

6 EA2

10A STOP

3 EA3

10A GAUGE

ST1

F11 FUSE BLOCK

A , F8

2 2

B L- Y

G- O

FUSIBLE LINK 2

A Y

2 ID2

G- W L- SW

AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL SW

A8 AUTO ANTENNA

4 BR1

MOTOR

W- B

Lower back panel center

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

Right kick panel

W- B

L-Y

Left kick panel

13 IF1

W- B

4 IF1

W- B

IF1

3 L

1 BS2

W- B

R9 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

DOWN

G- W

W- B

R8 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

W- B

H12 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

G- W

3 Bc1 (*1) 3 Bj1 (*2)

Under the center console box

G- W

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

To TRAILER SOCKET (Tail and Stop Light) <9- 7>

G- W

W- B

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 BQ1

G- W

W- B

BATTERY

From Door Lock Control Relay<14- 2>

B 2

To Door Courtesy SW Front LH<6- 3>

A ,F8

1 B8 BUCKLE SW LH

G- W

FL AM1 1. 25B

FUSIBLE LINK

FL MAIN 2. 0L

I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]

R- B

1 A

W- B

R- B

B- L

14 ID2

2 Bc1 (*1) 2 Bj1 (*2)

G- W

3 BS2 To Shift Lock ECU<3- 2>

1 B

A 21 1 BR1

G- W

CTY

3 IF1 GR

G- W

3 2 BKL

To Engine Control Module <2-7> To ABS ECU<10-4> To Cruise Control ECU<11-4>

G- W G- W

L- Y

S3 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G- W

L- Y

G 2

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

S13 STOP LIGHT SW

3 EA1 C10 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

50A AM1

Right kick panel

Under the center console box

Brought to you by BirfMark

18 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Rear Window Defogger

Remote Control Mirror 4

2 W

ACC 3

L- R

IG1 2

B- Y

L- R

B 6 EA2

10A GAUGE

I12 IGNITION SW

15A CIG

W 3 EA3

F11 FUSE BLOCK

ST1

4 AM1

20A DEFOG

F11 FUSE BLOCK

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

B L- O

2 50A AM1

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y 1 1

M+

3 W

6 BJ1

10 BJ1

9 BK1

6 BK1

10 BK1

W- B

1 BU1

9 BJ1 A

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 IF1

W- B

4 BR1

1 BS2

Y- R

2 BT1

G- R

W- B

FUSIBLE LINK

A W- B

Right kick panel

W- B

BATTERY

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

SELECT SW

2 BS1 L- G

A ,F8

2 BT2

W- B

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN 2. 0L

W- B

D 6

R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

1 A

1 BX1

B- L

1 B

2 BR2 L- Y

L- O

2 2

RIGHT /DOWN

11 IF1

LEFT /UP

2 IF1

LH E

1 B B

DOWN

R17 A , R18 B REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

17 ID2 L- Y

L- Y

1 A

RIGHT

LEFT

W L- O

FUSIBLE LINK

R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

1 B

A ,F8

1 4

R18 B BLACK

DEFOG RELAY

R17 A BLACK

OPERATION SW

Under the center console box

Left kick panel

Brought to you by BirfMark

Right kick panel

R21 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

R22 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Brought to you by BirfMark

19 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

*1 : Separate Type Amplifer *2 : Built- In Type Amplifier *3 9 Speaker(w/ CD) 4

Radio and Player

2 W

ACC 3

L- R

IG1 2

B- Y

R 1 A GRAY

1 4 AM1 B

ST1

F11 FUSE BLOCK

V (*1)

18 II1 P R

P (*1)

R(*3)

LG- B (*3)

LG- R (*3)

W- B (*3)

W- B

6 FL+ B

4 A RR+

7 FR+ B

8 A FL-

12 S GND B

3 A FL+

13 BEEP B

7 A FR-

14 RL+ B

2 A FR+

15 RR+ B

BR (*2)

B (*1)

G (*1)

L (*1)

R (*1)

W (*1)

Y (*1)

BR (*1)

MUTE FL+

FR+ S GND BEEP RL+

RR+

11 11 GND GNDGND B S11 A , S12 B 9 A STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER BR (*1)

F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

Right kick panel

F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

F10 FRONT SPEAKER RH 2

11 A RR-

7 BK1 LG(*3)

Brought to you by BirfMark

L (*3)

R24 ROOF SPEAKER RH

LG(*3)

L (* 3)

F9 FRONT SPEAKER LH

W- B

8 BK1

LG (*1)

5 MUTE B

W- B

7 BJ1

L (*3)

LG- R (*1) (SHIELDED)

5 A RL+

LG (*3)

R (* 3)

W (* 3)

B (* 3)

R23 ROOF SPEAKER LH

8 BJ1

R13 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH 2

2 BW1

P (*3)

V (*3)

R 6 BP1

R12 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH

1 BW1

5 BP1

R (*3)

B (*3) 7 BR1

W 2

Y (* 3)

W- B (*3)

6 BR1

L (* 1)

W W (*3)

6 BN1

Y (*3)

FL AM1 1. 25B

W(*3)

5 BN1

LG (*2)

17 II1

B- L (*1)

4 +B B

12 A RL-

B (*1)

RR+ 1

R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 1 AMP+ 8 ANT 3 ACC

1 B AMP+

Y (*1)

20 ID1

19 ID1

10 A +B 1 3 A ACC ACC B L (*2)

P (*2)

V (*2)

B (*2)

R (*2)

R- B (*1)

RL+

2 Under the center console box

GND 7 A

FR+ 1 A

B (*3)

3 BM1

FR5 A

Y (*3)

GND

RLW 6 AMP+ WOOFER AMPLIFIER WFWF+ RR-

W5 WOOFER(SPEAKER)

FL+ 2 A

Y (*1)

B (* 3)

Y (*3) R- B (*3) 3

BATTERY

FL6 A

RL+ 2 B

8 II2

RR+ 1 B

R (*1)

15 II1

RR-

GR (*1)

14 15

V (*1)

3 B

GR (* 1)

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

Left kick panel

ANT

R- B (*1)

R- B (*3)

8 A

II1

16 II1

+B A

4 A

W (*1)

GR (*3)

B- L

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y GR (*3)

W- B A

A ,R3

R- B (* 1)

L- Y (*2)

W (*2)

W 2

R- B (* 1)

M 1

L- Y (*1)

5 6 7

10 11 12 13

BR (*2)

R- B

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B L- Y

8 9

RADIO AND PLAYER

Y (*2)

R- B (*2)

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

RL6 B

1 2 3 4

L- Y (*1)

50A AM1

AMP 9 A

C16 COOLING FAN (Radio and Player)

S12 B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

3 4 5 6

3 A ACC

A GR (*2)

3 EA1

L- Y

2 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

S11 A

V (*2)

2 A

3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

2 3

R 3 B GRAY

15A CIG

I12 IGNITION SW

1 2

10A DOME

10A GAUGE

6 EA2

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

To Auto Antenna ECU<17- 4>

RADIO AND PLAYER

Brought to you by BirfMark

20 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Center Differential Lock

1 B

4 AM1

COMBINATION METER

IG1 2

B- Y C10 A GRAY 1

BLUE

C13 C

1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 30A DIFF

10A GAUGE

I12 IGNITION SW

C11 B

B- Y

ST1

6 EA2

2 ACC

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

F11 FUSE BLOCK

2 3

L- B

2 IF1

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

S10 SHORT PIN (Center Diff. Lock) 9 IF1

6 IH1 Y

R- L

6 IH2 Y

3 EC1 R- L

2 5 A

8 C

2 B

A/T P

C10 A , C11 B , C13 C

7 C

Y- B

2 2

W- B

G- Y

8 IH1

9 IH1

G- Y

8 EC1

12 EC1

7 EC1

11 EC1

A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

G- Y

G- B

G- R

W- B 2

10 EC1

Brought to you by BirfMark

C1 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR

W- B

W- B Air intake chamber

W- B

BATTERY

W- B

16 IH1

G- B

W- B

10 IH1

G- R

G- B

G- R

Y- G

T3 TRANSFER NEUTRAL POSITION SW Y- G W- B

16 IH2

C5 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL RELAY

2 EC1

C2 CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW Y- B

From ABS ECU<10- 4> From Diff. Lock ECU<21- 3>

FL AM1 1. 25B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

Y- G

1 EC1

4 EC1

To Engine Control Module<2- 7>

1 D28 DIODE (Neutral Detection)

3 IH1

B- L

Y- L

B- L

P- B

B- L

P- B

COMBINATION METER

B- L B- L

CENTER DIFE. LOCK

T2 TRANSFER L4 POSITION SW

24 IH1

L- B

A 2

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

Left kick panel

Right kick panel

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

50A AM1

Brought to you by BirfMark

21 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Front/Rear Differential Lock

ACC B

4 AM1

IG1 2

COMBINATION METER B- Y

C10 A GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10A GAUGE

30A DIFF

I12 IGNITION SW

6 EA2

C13 C

B- Y

ST1

L- B

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

L- B

C10 A , C13 C

50A AM1

4 FRONT/REAR

FLP

3 Bh2

5 Bh2

2 F12 FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR

W- B

Right kick panel

W- B

BATTERY

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

6 Bh2 W- B

A A

W- B

A W- B

W- B

6 Bb1

W- B

R10 REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR

F13 FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

R11 REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW Y- W

5 Bb1

12 BQ1

G- Y

G- B

G- L

13 ID1

G- R

4 Bh2

Y- W

1 Bh2

RLP

G- Y

2 Bh2

4WD 15

To Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW<20- 1

6 BQ1

W- B

FL AM1 1. 25B

5 BQ1 G- B

2 BQ1 G

1 BQ1 G- L

L- Y

L- B

9 ID1 G- Y

3 Bb1

14 ID1 G- B

4 Bb1

3 ID1 G

1 Bb1

L- G

To Speedometer [Comb. Meter] <22- 5>

B- L 1

2 Bb1

10 ID1 G- O

W- B

L- W

REL1 10

G- R

REL2

P- B

G- Y

G- B

REL3

REL4

L- Y

L- B

GND

L- R

SPD

G- O

9 C G- R

10 C D5 DIFF. LOCK ECU

FRONT DIFF. LOCK

W 12

REAR DIFF. LOCK

D4 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW

B- G

R- B

1 8

5 A

COMBINATION METER

REAR

L- B

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

F11 FUSE BLOCK

2 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

W- B

Lower back panel center

Brought to you by BirfMark

(C o n t.

22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

next page)

Combination Meter

COMBINATION METER

4 AM1

C10 A GRAY

IG1 2 ST1

F11 FUSE BLOCK

10A GAUGE

6 EA2

B- Y

ACC

C11 B BLUE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6

C12 D BROWN

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6

C13 C

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

I12 IGNITION SW 2

2 Y

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

OIL PRESSURE SENDER O 2 A BLACK

B W

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 Ea1

R- G

6 EC1

R- G

1 IH1

R- O

O 3 B GRAY

4 6 IH1

2 R- O

B- L

Y- R 1

3 EC1

R- O

FL AM1 1. 25B

F6 FUSIBLE LINK

V1 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Combination Meter)

F18 FUEL SENDER [FUEL PUMP] 5

1 Ea1 2 BR

BATTERY 4 BO1 Y

3 Ea1 9 EC1

Air intake chamber

Brought to you by BirfMark

Under the center console box

2 BO1

Y- R

1 BO1

Y- R

D E

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

50A AM1

Brought to you by BirfMark

22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)

Combination Meter

See Illumination System <5- 2>

See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System<9- 6>

See Electoronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System<9- 6>

See SRS System<4- 4>

See I lumination System<5- 2>

See Center Differential Lock System<20- 2>

See Charging System<1- 3>

See ABS System <10- 4>

See Unlock and Seat Belt Warning System<17- 1>

See Front/Rear Differential Lock System<21- 4>

See Headlight System<3- 4>

PWR

(*2)

METER ILLUMINATION

CHARGE

A/T P

SRS

DOOR

WATER TEMP.

(*1)

CRUISE

REAR DEFF. LOCK

HIGH BEAM

FRONT DEFF. LOCK

SEAT BELT

ABS

CENTER DEFF. LOCK

See Illumination System <5- 2>

See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System<9- 6><9- 7>

See Front/Rear Differential Lock System<21- 4>

See Headlight System<3- 4>

See Interior Light System<6- 2>

See Charging System<1- 3>

See SRS System<4- 4>

See Illumination System<5- 2>

See Center Differential Lock System<20- 2>

W- B

See Cruise Control System<11- 3>

Y- L

(SHIELDED)

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

From Engine Control Module <2- 8

From ABS ECU <10- 4 W- B

P4 PARKING BRAKE SW B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW R- B W- B

R- W

See Engine Control System<2- 3>

R- B

B BR

W (SHIELDED) P

Y- R

W- B

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W- B

(SHIELDED) BR N2 NOISE FILTER (OIL PRESSURE SENDER) BR W

O2 A ,O 3 B OIL PRESSURE SENDER W- B O1 OIL LEVEL WARNING SW

Brought to you by BirfMark

See Interior Light System<6- 2>

See Center Differential Lock System<20- 2>

BRAKE

FUEL

IE Right kick panel ID BR

G- R

G A/T OIL TEMP.

TURN RH

TACHO

TURN LH

VOLT

OIL

OIL LEVEL

FUEL 2nd STRT

2 1 B

W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER

From Park/Neutral Position SW<1- 1>

L- W

O/D OFF

18 ID2

See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System<7- 3><7- 4>

From Engine Control Module <2-8> From Diff. Lock ECU <21-2> from Cruise Control ECU <11-3>

SPEEDOMETER

Y- R E

Left kick panel

BR W- B

W- B A

A A 1 1 A

2 See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System <9- 6>

Air intake chamber

1 EA4

A 5 ID2

1 3 EA4

7 C

12 B

9 ID2

3 A

3 EY1 1 EY1

R- B

7 B

R D

1 D 7 D 15 C

6 C

10 D 5 C

R- B

9 C

11 D 10 C

7 IH2

2 C 10 A

6 D 9 A

R- O

DELAY

6 B 1 A 8 A 7 A

1 B 1 C 11 B 6 A 14 C

BULB CHECK RELAY

2 D 5 D 4 D 3 D 2 A

8 C 13 D 16 C 13 C 4 A 10 B 9 B 8 B 5 B COMBINATION METER 3 C

3 B 12 D 11 C 8 D 4 C

B- R

C10 A , C11 B , C12 D , C13 C

2 B Y B

9 D 5 A

1 Y A

2 IH1

*1 : Malfunction Indicator Lamp *2 A/T Indicator llumination 8

7 6 5

Brought to you by BirfMark

(Cont. next page )

23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON Power Source

Air Conditioning 1

W 1

ACC

W J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

S8 SHORT CONNECTOR (A/C)

L- R

B 1

W- B

L- W

G- B

B- Y

Y- R

B- L M1

R- L

COOL

RECIRC M

L- R

W- Y

4 IG1

6 IG1

A14 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

W- B

10 IG1

A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

FRESH

WARM

A15 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

W- B

Y- G

L- B

5 A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B- W

B5 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY

W- B

BATTERY

L- R

3 IG1 L- R

9 IG1

G- B W- B

2 IG1

R- L

8 IG1

G- B

W- B

L- Y

1 IG1

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN 2. 0L

A ,F8

FUSIBLE LINK

L- B L- R

B- L

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Right kick panel

H10 A

H11 B BLUE

W- B Left kick panel

H I

B4 BLOWER RESISTOR G- W

F G

W- B

A ,F8

G- B

G- W

B- Y

B2 BLOWER MOTOR (A/C) L- Y L- R

B3 BLOWER MOTOR (Heater) L- Y

W- B

7 FUSIBLE LINK

L- R

1 A

9 B

L- B

1 B

W- B

B- O

W- G

Y- B

G- R

Y- R

L- Y

1 Y- G

50A AM1

HEATER RELAY

1 2 3

4 5

6 7

8 9

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20

9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18

Brought to you by BirfMark

Left kick panel

K L M N

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 3

L- R

A10 A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

L- W

L- Y

L- B

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y

6 EA2

3 A

W- G

3 EA3

L- R

I12 IGNITION SW

10A A. C

ST1

F11 FUSE BLOCK

IG1 2

10A GAUGE

40A FL HEATER

4 AM1

L- R

B- Y

Brought to you by BirfMark

23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d) Air Conditioning A B C

L−R

W- L

1 IG2

10 IG2

G- Y

B- W W- R W- B

W- B

17 IH2

B- W

To Engine Control Module<2- 8>

2 EY1

B G- W A1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH

M W- B

W- B

7 A

11 B

4 B

6 B

18 B

8 A

18 A

19 A

16 B

F/D

DEF

MODE SELECTION SW

A/C SW

RECIRC/FRESH SW Right kick panel

2 W- B

W- B

H10 A , H11 B HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

W4 WATER TEMP. SW (A/C)

FOOT

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B/L

FRC

BLOWER SW

REC

FRC

REC

OFF

FACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER

ON OFF

TEMP.

W- B

12 A

W- B

W- R

14 A

LG- B

V- G

13 B

LG- R

10 B

W- B

G- R

9 B

GR- R

R- L

1 A

W- L

9 A

L- R

Y- G

2 B

Y- R

3 B

G- B 1 B

G- Y

B- W

2 IG2

LG B- W

GR- G

Y- G

W- L

LG- B

LG- R

R- L

Y- R

GR- R

P- L

9 EA1 J

W- L

E8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. CUT RELAY

9 IG2

W- B

6 EA1

W- B

V- G

17 IG2

Y- R

G- R

R- B

S9 SHORT CONNECTOR(A/C) L L- R

L- W

L- B 9

R- G

20 IG2

From Park/Neutral Position SW<1- 1>

11 IG2

B- R

L- R

A11 A/C THERMISTOR R- G R- B

R- G

DEF

GR- G

L- W

R- B

FOOT

DEF FACE

A16 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

L- Y

FOOT

F/D

Y- R

FACE

B/L

Y- L

L- B

F/D

A2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

12 EA1

5 B/L

L- R

A9 A/C AMPLIFIER

Y Y

Air intake chamber

Brought to you by BirfMark